OWNER'S MANUAL & SERVICE BOOKLET Operation …customercare.hyundai.co.in/Upload/ownersMaual/58d9a9b5_i10.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL & SERVICE BOOKLET Operation Maintenance Specifications

OWNER'S MANUAL & SERVICE BOOKLET

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so thatour policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, youmay find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehi-cle.

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the per-formance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limitedwarranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations estab-lished by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possiblefor an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronicsystems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instruc-tions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you chooseto install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.These titles indicate the following:

✽ NOTICEThis indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or otherpersons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.

CAUTIONThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if thecaution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who driveHyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're veryproud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it care-fully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized Hyundai deal-er. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.

HYUNDAI MOTOR INDIA LTD.

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the man-ual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

Copyright 2011 Hyundai Motor India Ltd. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievalsystem or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor India.

CAUTIONSevere engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet Hyundaispecifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 11-4 in theVehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

Maintenance Record Sheet ...................................1-2

1Maintenance Record Sheet

Maintenance Record Sheet

Hyundai New Vehicle Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2

Replacement Parts Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3Emission Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Hyundai Extended Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7

Pre delivery inspection & Warranty RegistrationCard1st Free Service Coupon2nd Free Service Coupon3rd Free Service Coupon

2Hyundai Warranty Policy

Hyundai Warranty Policy

22

Hyundai Motor India Limited hereinaftercalled "HMIL", warrants that each newHyundai vehicle sold shall be free fromany defects in material and workman-ship, under normal use and mainte-nance, subject to the following terms andconditions.

1. Warranty period

This warranty shall exist for a period of24 months from the date of delivery tothe first purchaser irrespective of themileage. However, the warranty for

being used for commercialpurpose such as Taxi/Tourist operationis 24 months/40,000 kilometers from thedate of delivery which soever isearlier.This warranty is transferable tosubsequent owner for the remaining war-ranty period.

2. What is covered

Except as provided in paragraph 3 here-of, our Authorized Dealers shall eitherrepair or replace, any Hyundai genuinepart that is acknowledged by HMIL to bedefective in material or workmanship

within the warranty period stipulatedabove, at no cost to the owner of theHyundai vehicle for parts or labour. Suchdefective parts which have beenreplaced will become the property ofHMIL.

3. What is not covered

This warranty shall not apply to:o Normal maintenance services other

than the three free services, includingwithout limitation, cleaning and pol-ishing, minor adjustments, enginetuning, oil/fluid changes, filtersreplenishment, fastener retightening,wheel balancing, wheel alignmentand tyre rotation etc.

o Replacement of parts as a result ofnormal wear and tear such as sparkplugs, belts, brake pads and linings,clutch disc/facing, filters, wiperblades, bulbs, fuses, etc.

o Damage or failure resulting from:Negligence of proper maintenanceas required in this Owner'sManual and Service Booklet.

Misuse, abuse, accident, theft,flooding or fire.Use of improper or insufficientfuel, fluids or lubricants.Use of parts other than HyundaiGenuine Parts.Any device and/or accessoriesnot supplied by HMIL.Modifications, alterations, tam-pering or improper repair.Parts used in applications ofwhich they were not designed ornot approved by HMIL.Slight irregularities not recog-nised as affecting quality or func-tion of the vehicle or parts, suchas slight noise or vibrations, oritems considered characteristic ofthe vehicle. Airborne "fallout", Industrial fallout, acid rain, hail and windstorms, or other Acts of God.Paint scratches, dents or similarpaint or body damage. Action of road elements (sand,gravel, dust or road debris) whichresults in stone chipping of paintor glass.

HYUNDAI NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY

2 3


o Incidental or consequential damages,including without limitation, loss oftime, inconvenience, loss of use ofvehicle or commercial loss.

This warranty is the entire warranty givenby HMIL for Hyundai vehicles and nodealer or its or his agent or employee isauthorized to extend or enlarge this war-ranty and no dealer or its or his agent oremployee is authorized to make any oralwarranty on HMIL's behalf.

HMIL reserves the right to make anychange in design or make any improve-ment on the vehicle at any time withoutany obligation to make the same changeon vehicles previously sold. HMIL reserves the right for the final deci-sion in all warranty matters.

Owner's Responsibilitieso Proper use, maintenance and care of

vehicle in accordance with theinstructions contained in this Owner'sManual and Service Booklet. If thevehicle is subject to severe usageconditions, such as operation inextremely dusty, rough, more repeat-ed short distance driving or heavy citytraffic during hot weather, mainte-nance of vehicle should be donemore frequently as mentioned in thisOwner's Manual and Service Booklet.

o Retention of maintenance servicerecords. It may be necessary for thecustomer to show that the requiredmaintenance has been performed, asspecified in this Owner's Manual andService Booklet.

o Delivery of the vehicle during regularservice business hours to any author-ized Hyundai Dealer to obtain war-ranty service.

o In order to maintain the validity of thisBasic Warranty, the vehicle must beserviced by Hyundai Authorizedworkshop in accordance to theOwner’s Manual and Service Booklet

Hyundai Motor India Limited hereinaftercalled "HMIL", warrants that each newHyundai Genuine replacement part pur-chased from and installed by HyundaiAuthorized Dealer shall be free from anydefects in material or workmanship,under normal use and maintenance, sub-ject to the following terms and conditions.

1. Warranty period

This warranty shall exist for a period of 6months or until the vehicle has been driv-en for a distance of 10,000 Kilometersfrom the date of installation of replace-ment part by Hyundai Authorized Dealer,whichever occurs first.

2. What is covered

Except as provided in paragraph 3 here-of, our Authorized Dealer who had soldand installed the replacement part earliershall either repair or replace the saidHyundai genuine part that is acknowl-edged by HMIL to be defective in materi-

REPLACEMENT PARTS WARRANTY

Batteries, Audio Systems, Tyres andTubes originally equipped on Hyundaivehicles are warranted directly by therespective manufacturers and not byHMIL.


42

al or workmanship within the warrantyperiod stipulated above, at no cost to theowner of the Hyundai vehicle for parts orlabour.


This warranty shall not apply to:o Normal maintenance services of

parts such as cleaning, adjustment orreplacement (i.e. spark plugs that areoil fouled, lead fouled, or which faildue to the use of low grade fuel).

o Parts that fail due to abuse, misuse,neglect, alteration or accident orwhich have been improperly lubricat-ed or repaired.

o Parts used in applications for whichthey were not designed or approvedby HMIL.

o Failure due to normal wear of parts.o Direct or indirect failures caused by

misuse and improper maintenance ofvehicle and installation of non-Hyundai parts on the vehicle.

o Any vehicle on which the odometerreading has been altered so that

mileage cannot be accurately deter-mined.


This warranty is the entire warranty givenby HMIL for Hyundai replacement partsand no dealer or its or his agent oremployee is authorized to extend orenlarge this warranty and no dealer or itsor his agent or employee is authorized tomake any oral warranty on HMIL'sbehalf.HMIL reserves the right for the final deci-sion in all warranty matters.

Owner's Responsibilities

o Proper use, maintenance and care ofthe vehicle in accordance with theinstructions contained in the Owner'sManual and Service Booklet.

o Retention of maintenance servicerecords. It may be necessary for thecustomer to show that the requiredmaintenance has been performed, as

specified in this Owner's Manual andService Booklet.

o Retention of the customer's copy ofthe original repair order and itsinvoice/bill against which the part wasreplaced.

o Delivery of the vehicle during regularservice business hours to the sameHyundai Authorized Dealer who hadsold and installed the replacementpart.

o In order to maintain the validity of thisParts replacement Warranty, thevehicle must be serviced by HyundaiAuthorized workshop in accordanceto the Owner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

2 5


EMISSION WARRANTY(Applicable for vehicles sold from 01/07/2001 in Delhi-NCR, Mumbai,Kolkata and Chennai only)Subject to other terms of the warrantypolicy and the conditions and obligationslaid down hereunder, Hyundai MotorIndia Limited hereinafter called “HMIL”,certifies that the components liable toaffect the emission of the gaseous pollu-tants in the vehicle in normal use despitethe use to which it may be subjected,comply with the provisions of Rule 115(2)of the Central Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989hereinafter referred to as the “In-useemission standard”, and further warrantsthat if on examination by a dealer dulyauthorized by HMIL, the vehicle is dis-covered to be failing to meet the In-useemission standard as specified in thesaid rule, our Authorized Dealer shalltake such corrective measures as maybe necessary and shall at its sole discre-tion either repair or replace free ofcharge, such components of emissioncontrol system as are specified in para-graph 3 hereof.

1. Warranty period

This warranty will be in addition to andrun parallel to the New Vehicle Warrantyand shall exist for a period of 36 monthsor until the vehicle has been driven for adistance of 80,000 kilometers from thedate of delivery to the first purchaser,whichever occurs first. This warranty istransferable to subsequent owner for theremaining warranty period.

2. What is covered

Our Authorized Dealers shall eitherrepair or replace, any Hyundai genuinepart listed in paragraph 3 hereof, that isacknowledged by HMIL to be defective inmaterial or workmanship within the war-ranty period stipulated above, afterexaminations carried out to confirm thatnone of the original settings have beentampered with, at no cost to the owner ofthe Hyundai vehicle for parts or labour. Such defective parts which have beenreplaced will become the property ofHMIL.

3. Emission Warranty Parts List

3.1 Engine Control Module System• Engine Control Module• Crankshaft Position Sensor,

Camshaft Position Sensor,Throttle Position Sensor, MAPSensor, O2 Sensor, IAT & ECTSensor

3.2 Fuel Metering System• Fuel injectors • Fuel Pumps

3.3 Air Induction System• Air Cleaner Housing Assembly • Throttle Body• Intake Manifold • Idle Speed Control Actuator

3.4 Ignition System• H.T. Cable Set• Ignition Coil• Power Transistor • Distributor and internal parts


62

3.5 Evaporative Emission Control System• Vapour Storage Canister • Fuel Tank• Fuel Filler Tube and Fuel filler

Cap• Purge Control Solenoid Valve• Canister Close Valve

3.6 PCV System• PCV Valve.• PCV Hoses• Oil Filler Cap

3.7 Catalytic Converter System• Exhaust Manifold• Exhaust Pipe Assembly• Catalytic Converter

3.8 Exhaust Gas Recirculation(EGR) System (Diesel Engines)• EGR Control System

3.9 Miscellaneous items used in above Systems• Vacuum hoses, clamps, fittings,

tubing or mounting hardwareused with the above systems.Valves, Switches and Solenoids.


This Emission Warranty shall not applyto:o Normal maintenance services includ-

ing without limitation, engine tuning,oil/fluid changes, filters replenish-ment, etc.

o Replacement of parts as a result ofnormal wear and tear such as sparkplugs, filters, etc.

o The vehicle reported without valid‘Pollution Under Control’ certificatefor the period immediately precedingthe test during which the failure is dis-covered.

o The vehicle which has been run onadulterated fuel or lubricant orfuel/lubricants other than those spec-ified by HMIL.

o Damage or failure resulting from:Negligence of proper mainte-nance as required in this Owner’sManual and Service Booklet.Misuse, abuse, accident, theft,flooding or fire.Use of improper or insufficientfuel, fluids or lubricants.

Any repair carried out other thanby Hyundai Authorized Dealer/Service Centre.Use of parts other than HyundaiGenuine Parts.Any device and/or accessoriesnot supplied by HMIL.Modifications, alterations, tam-pering or improper repair.Parts used in applications forwhich they were not designed ornot approved by HMIL.Any penalties that may becharged by statutory authoritieson account of failure to complywith the In-use emission stan-dards. The vehicle in which the odome-ter has been tampered with,changed or been disconnected.

o Any consequential repairs or replace-ment of parts which may be foundnecessary to establish compliance toIn-use emission standards, in addi-tion to the replacement of the compo-nents covered under EmissionWarranty, will not be made free of

2 7


cost unless such parts are also foundto be in warrantable condition withinthe scope and limit of the NewVehicle Warranty.


This warranty is the entire warranty givenby HMIL for Hyundai vehicles and nodealer or its or his agent or employee isauthorized to extend or enlarge this war-ranty and no dealer or its or his agent oremployee is authorized to make any oralwarranty on HMIL’s behalf.

HMIL reserves the right to make anychange in design or make any improve-ment on the vehicle at any time withoutany obligation to make the same changeon vehicles previously sold.HMIL reserves the right for the final deci-sion in all warranty matters.

OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

o Proper use, maintenance and care ofvehicle in accordance with theinstructions contained in this Owner’sManual and Service Booklet. If thevehicle is subject to severe usageconditions, such as operation inextremely dusty, rough, more repeat-ed short distance driving or heavy citytraffic during hot weather, mainte-nance of vehicle should be donemore frequently as mentioned in thisOwner’s Manual and ServiceBooklet.

o In order to maintain the validity of thisEmission Warranty, the vehicle mustbe serviced by Hyundai AuthorizedDealer or Service Centre in accor-dance to the Owner’s Manual andService Booklet.

o Retention of maintenance servicerecords. It may be necessary for thecustomer to show that the requiredmaintenance has been performed, asspecified in this Owner’s Manual andService Booklet.

o Immediate Delivery of the vehicle to

any authorized Hyundai Dealer upondiscovery of failure to comply with theIn-use emission standard inspite ofproper use, maintenance and care ofvehicle in accordance with theinstructions contained in this Owner’sManual and Service Booklet.

o Production of “Pollution UnderControl" (PUC) certificate valid for theperiod immediately preceding the testduring which the failure is discovered,the test having been carried outeither for obtaining a new certificate,or pursuant upon being directed byan officer as referred to in sub-rule(2) of Rule 116 of the Central MotorVehicles Rules.

HYUNDAI EXTENDEDWARRANTY*HMIL offers optional paid extendedwarranty on selected models, in addi-tion to the basic new vehicle warranty.For more details on HyundaiExtended Warranty please call thenearest dealer or our toll free number1-800-11-4645*Conditions apply

82

How to use this manual ........................................ 3-2Fuel requirements ................................................. 3-2Vehicle break-in process ...................................... 3-3Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ..... 3-4

3Introduction

Introduction

23

A010000AUN

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, youlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. A goodplace to start is the index; it has an alpha-betical listing of all information in yourmanual.Sections: This manual has elevensections plus an index. Each sectionbegins with a brief list of contents so youcan tell at a glance if that section has theinformation you want.

You will find various WARNINGS,CAUTIONS, and NOTICES in this manu-al. These WARNINGS were prepared toenhance your personal safety. You shouldcarefully read and follow ALL proceduresand recommendations provided in theseWARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.

✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

Gasoline engineA020101APA

UnleadedYour new HYUNDAI vehicle is designedto use only unleaded fuel having anOctane Rating of RON (ResearchOctane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) 87 or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

CAUTIONNEVER USE LEADED FUEL. Theuse of leaded fuel is detrimental tothe catalytic converter and willdamage the engine control sys-tem’s oxygen sensor and affectemission control.Never add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer fordetails.)

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

3 3

Introduction

A020105APA

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

A020106AEN

Gasolines for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air,HYUNDAI recommends that you usegasolines treated with detergent addi-tives, which help prevent deposit forma-tion in the engine. These gasolines willhelp the engine run cleaner and enhanceperformance of the Emission ControlSystem. A020107AUN

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

A030000AUN

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 1,000 km you may add to the per-formance, economy and life of your vehi-cle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000km of operation.

WARNING • Do not "top up" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and performance problemsthat are caused by the use ofmethanol or fuels containingmethanol.

CAUTIONPoor quality fuel will affect engineperformance & may damage enginecomponents.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

Introduction

43

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Seat belt warning light

High beam indicator

Passenger’s front air bag OFF indicator(if equipped)

Turn signal indicator

ABS warning light (if equipped)

Parking brake & Brake fluid warning light

Engine oil pressure warning light

Malfunction indicator (if equipped)

Air bag warning light (if equipped)

Immobilizer indicator (if equipped)

Low fuel level warning light

* For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 6.

Charging system warning light

A050000APA

Door ajar warning light

Tailgate open warning light

O/D OFF indicator (if equipped) O/DOFF

EPS warning light (if equipped) EPS

Engine coolant temperature warning light (If Equipped)

Interior overview .................................................. 4-2Instrument panel overview .................................. 4-3Engine compartment ............................................ 4-4

4Your vehicle at a glance

Your vehicle at a glance

24

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Door lock/unlock button......................6-8

2. Outside rearview mirror control switch................................................6-26

3. Power window lock button* ..............6-14

4. Power window switches* ..................6-12

5. Air vent .............................................6-55

6. Front fog light switch* .......................6-46

7. Head lamp leveling device* ..............6-47

8. Steering wheel tilt lever*...................6-24

9. Steering wheel..................................6-24

10. Fuse box.........................................9-41

11. Hood release lever .........................6-15

12. Clutch pedal* ....................................7-7

13. Brake pedal ....................................7-14

14. Accelerator pedal..............................7-5

15. Fuel filler lid opener ........................6-17

* : if equipped

OPA017001B010000APA

4 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Instrument cluster ............................6-29

2. Light control / Turn signals ..............6-41

3. Horn .................................................6-25

4. Wiper/Washer ..................................6-48

5. Driver’s front air bag* .......................5-33

6. Ignition switch ....................................7-4

7. Audio* ..............................................6-69

8. Hazard warning flasher switch ...............................................6-43

9. Climate control system* ...................6-52

10. Cigarette lighter or power outlet ....................................6-63 / 6-65

11. Shift lever*........................................7-6

12. Passenger’s front air bag* .............5-34

13. Glove box.......................................6-62

14. Clutch pedal*....................................7-7

15. Brake pedal....................................7-14

16. Accelerator pedal .............................7-5

17. Parking brake lever........................7-15

* : if equipped

OPA017002B020000APA


44

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir...................9-18

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................9-17

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............9-20

4. Air cleaner ........................................9-24

5. Fuse box...........................................9-41

6. Positive battery terminal ...................9-29

7. Negative battery terminal .................9-29

8. Automatic transaxle fluid dipstick*....9-21

9. Radiator cap .....................................9-19

10. Engine oil dipstick...........................9-17

11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir...9-23

* : if equipped

OPA017004B030000APA

■ Gasoline Engine (1.1L)

∗ Actual engine room may differ from the illustrations.

4 5


1. Engine coolant reservoir...................9-18

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................9-17

3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............9-20

4. Air cleaner ........................................9-24

5. Fuse box...........................................9-41

6. Positive battery terminal ...................9-29

7. Negative battery terminal .................9-29

8. Automatic transaxle fluid dipstick*....9-21

9. Radiator cap .....................................9-19

10. Engine oil dipstick...........................9-17

11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir...9-23

* : if equipped


OPA079102

∗ Actual engine room may differ from the illustrations.

Seats ....................................................................... 5-2Seat belts .............................................................. 5-11Child restraint system ........................................ 5-22Air bag - supplemental restraint system .......... 5-27

5Safety systems of your vehicle

Safety systems of your vehicle

25

C010000APA

Front seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat)*(4) Headrest*

Rear seat(5) Seat folding(6) Headrest (outboard and/or center*)*

*: if equipped

SEATS

OPA037001R

5 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. We recom-mend that your chest be at least250 mm (10 inches) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for passengers

Riding in a vehicle with the seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If aseat is reclined during an accident,the occupant’s hips may slideunder the lap portion of the seatbelt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. Serious orfatal internal injuries could result.The driver must advise the passen-ger to keep the seatback in anupright position whenever the vehi-cle is in motion.


45

Front seat adjustment - manualC010101AUN

Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever

under the front edge of the seat cush-ion up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

OPA037002R

(Continued)• When resetting the seatback to

the upright position, make sure itis securely latched by pushing itforward and backwards.

WARNING - Rear seat-backs

• The rear seatback must besecurely latched. If not, passen-gers and objects could be thrownforward resulting in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop or collision.

• Luggage and other cargo shouldbe laid flat in the cargo area. Ifobjects are large, heavy, or mustbe piled, they must be secured.Under no circumstances shouldcargo be piled higher than theseatbacks. Failure to follow thesewarnings could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop, collision or rollover.

• No passenger should ride in thecargo area or sit or lie on foldedseatbacks while the vehicle ismoving. All passengers must beproperly seated in seats andrestrained properly while riding.

(Continued)

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or backward withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

5 5


C010102APA

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and press down

on the seatback recline lever locatedon the outside of the seat at the rear.

2. Carefully lean back on the seat andadjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

C010103AUN

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)(if equipped)To change the height of the seat cushion,push the lever that is located on the out-side of the seat cushion upwards ordownwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever

up several times.

C010104BPA

Headrest (if equipped)The driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort. The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps to protect the head and neckin the event of a collision.

OPA037044R OPA039052OPA037003R


65

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

Removal (if equipped)To remove the headrest, adjust seat backangle reaward, then raise headrest as faras it can go then press the release button(1) while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

OPA037004 OPA037004

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest heightwhile the vehicle is in motion. WARNING

Make sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

5 7


C010108AUN

Seatback pocket (if equipped)The seatback pocket is provided on theback of the front passenger’s and driver’sseatbacks.

WARNING• Since stored items may move

while driving, be sure to positionthem in the tray so that they donot make noise or cause a poten-tial safety hazard when the vehi-cle is moving.

• Always keep the tray closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the tray that thetray can not close securely.

CAUTIONTo avoid possible theft, do not leavevaluables in the tray.The tray can be used to store smallitems required by the driver or pas-sengers.WARNING - Seatback

pocketsDo not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

OPA037007R


85

C010303BPA

Rear seat adjustmentHeadrest (if equipped)The rear seat(s) is equipped with head-rests in the outboard seating positions(and/or center seating position) for theoccupant's safety and comfort. The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps to protectthe head and neck in the event of a colli-sion.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thehighest position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the lowest position (3).

OPA037037OPA039053

WARNING• For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. The useof a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is notrecommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

5 9


RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

C010307APA

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks (or cushions) may befolded to facilitate carrying long items orto increase the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

To fold down the rear seatback:1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle (and/or

plate) in the pocket between the rearseatback and cushion.

2. Set the front seatback to the uprightposition and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

3.Lower the rear headrests to the lowestposition. (if equipped)

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks (or cushions) is to allowyou to carry longer objects thatcould not be accommodated in thecargo area. Never allow passengers to sit ontop of the folded down seatbackwhile the car is moving as this isnot a proper seating position andno seat belts are available for use.This could result in serious injuryor death in case of an accident orsudden stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seatbacks. Doing this couldallow cargo to slide forward andcause injury or damage during sud-den stops.

OPA037038

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.


105

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

4. Insert the rear lap/shoulder belt plateinto the holder on the side trim not tointerfere with the seatback when fold-ing down.

5.Pull up the rear seatback foldinglever(s) and fold the rear seatback for-ward and down firmly.

6. To use the rear seat, lift and push theseatback backward. Push the seat-back firmly until it clicks into place.Make sure the seatback is locked inplace.

7. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

OPA037045

OPA037050

Type B

Type A

OPA037046

OPA037051

Type B

Type A

5 11


C020100BUN

Seat belt restraint system

SEAT BELTS

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear seatbacksto the upright position, rememberto return the rear shoulder belts totheir proper position.

CAUTION - Damaging rearseat belt buckles

When you fold the rear seatback,insert the buckle in the pocketbetween the rear seatback andcushion. Doing so can prevent thebuckle from being damaged by therear seatback.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park)and the parking brake is securelyapplied whenever loading orunloading cargo. Failure to takethese steps may allow the vehicleto move if the shift lever is inadver-tently moved to another position.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Do not place objects in the rearseats, since they cannot be proper-ly secured and may hit the frontseat occupants in a collision.

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he/shemust be properly belted and theseat should be moved as far backas possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)


125

1GQA2083

C020101APA

Seat belt warning (if equipped)Type AAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened afterthe ignition switch is ON, the seat beltwarning light blinks again for approxi-mately 6 seconds. If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned ON orif it is unfastened after the ignition switchis ON, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 6 seconds. Atthis time, if the seat belt is fastened, thechime will stop immediately. (if equipped)

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed. A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.

(Continued)

(Continued)Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each belt assembly mustonly be used by one occupant; it isdangerous to put a belt around achild being carried on the occu-pant's lap.

WARNINGNo modifications or additionsshould be made by the user whichwill either prevent the seat beltadjusting devices from operating toremove slack, or prevent the seatbelt assembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

5 13


Type BAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will illuminate for approxi-mately 6 seconds each time you turn theignition switch ON. However, if the dri-ver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned ON or if it is dis-connected after the ignition switch isturned ON, the seat belt warning light willilluminate until the belt is fastened.If you drive over 9 km/h (6 mph) withoutthe driver's seat belt fastened (but whenthe seat belt has been fastened beforeand when the 100 second chime hasnever been completed), the seat beltwarning light will blink and the chime willsound for 100 seconds.If you drive over 9 km/h (6 mph) withoutthe driver's seat belt fastened (but whenthe seat belt has never been fastened orwhen the 100 second chime has beencompleted even if the seat belt has beenfastened before), the seat belt warninglight will blink. And then the seat beltwarning chime will sound for 100 sec-onds if you drive over 20 km/h (12.5 mph)(but when the 100 second chime hasnever been completed).If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedwhen you drive over 9 km/h (6 mph), theseat belt warning light will blink and thechime will sound for approximately 100seconds.If the driver's seat belt is fastened whilethe seat belt warning chime sounds, thechime will stop at once.

C020102BPA

Lap/shoulder beltTo fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

B180A01NF-1

WARNINGThe center seat belt latching mech-anism is different from those for therear side seat belts. When fasteningthe rear side seat belts or the cen-ter seat belt, make sure they areinserted into the correct buckles toobtain maximum protection fromthe seat belt system and assureproper operation.


145

When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused. (if equipped)

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

B200A02NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration. Never wear the seat belt under thearm nearest the door.

B210A01NF-1OPA037016

5 15


C020103AUN

Lap belt (if equipped)To fasten your seat belt:To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insertthe metal tab (1) into the locking buckle(2). There will be an audible "click" whenthe tab locks into the buckle. Check tomake sure the belt is properly locked andthat the belt is not twisted.

With a 2-point static type seat belt, thelength must be adjusted manually so itfits snugly around your body. Fasten thebelt and pull on the loose end to tighten.The belt should be placed as low as pos-sible on your hips, not on your waist. Ifthe belt is too high, it could increase thepossibility of your being injured in anaccident.

When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused. (if equipped)

B220A04NF-1

OEN036030

B220B01NF

Too high

ShortenCorrect

OPA037048


165

To release the seat belt:When you want to release the seat belt,press the button (1) in the locking buckle.

C020105APA

Stowing the rear seat belt • The rear seat belt buckles can be

stowed in the pocket between the rearseatback and cushion when not in use.(Type A)

• The center seat belt can be stowedwith the plate and webbing rolled in thepocket in the rear seatback. (Type B)

C020200AEN

Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts may be activated in crashes wherethe frontal collision is severe enough.

B210A02NF-1

OPA037017

OPA037047

Type B

Type A

OEN036300

5 17


When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body. If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt. (if equipped)

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

1LDE3100

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and followall of the important informationand precautions about your vehi-cle’s occupant safety features –including seat belts and air bags– that are provided in this manu-al.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.


185

✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated in certain frontal collisions.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

✽ NOTICEThe pre-tensioner seat belt, being partof the SRS (Supplemental RestraintSystem), will undergo a system checkwhen the ignition is switched to the"ON" position. The SRS Airbag warn-ing light will illuminate for approxi-mately 6 seconds when the ignition isswitched to the "ON" position, then itshould cancel once system check is com-plete.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned to ON, or if itremains illuminated after illuminat-ing for approximately 6 seconds, orif it illuminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, please have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer inspectthe pre-tensioner seat belt and SRSair bag system as soon as possible.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

(Continued)

(Continued)• The pre-tensioner seat belt

assembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

• Do not attempt to service orrepair the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem in any manner.

• Improper handling of the pre-ten-sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

• If your vehicle is damagedbeyond repair, or the pre-tension-er seat belt must be discarded,contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

5 19


C020300AUN

Seat belt precautionsC020306AUN

Infant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Formore information about the use of theserestraints, refer to “Child restraint sys-tem” in this section.

✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Safety Standards of yourcountry. Before buying any childrestraint system, make sure that it has alabel certifying that it meets SafetyStandards of your country. The restraintmust be appropriate for your child'sheight and weight. Check the label onthe child restraint for this information.Refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards. Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seating contained in this man-ual.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.


205

C020301AUN

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened snug on the hips and as lowas possible. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the belt out ofposition. In the event of an accident, chil-dren will be afforded a greater level ofsafety when they are correctly restrainedin the rear seat. If a larger child (over age12) must be seated in the front seat, thechild should be securely restrained bythe available lap/shoulder belt and theseat should be placed in the rearmostposition. Children age 12 and undershould be restrained securely in the rearseat. NEVER place a child age 12 andunder in the front seat. NEVER place arear facing child seat in the front seat ofa vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

C020302AUN

Pregnant womenThe use of a seat belt is recommendedfor pregnant women to lessen the chanceof injury in an accident. When a seat beltis used, the lap belt portion should beplaced as low and snugly as possible onthe hips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult aphysician.

C020303AUN

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

C020304AUN

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

5 21


C020305APA

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in the eventof an accident and to achieve maximumeffectiveness of the restraint system, all pas-sengers should be sitting up and the frontand rear seats should be in an upright posi-tion when the car is moving. A seat belt can-not provide proper protection if the person islying down in the rear seat or if the front andrear seats are in a reclined position.

C020400AEN

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

C020401AEN

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspected peri-odically for wear or damage of any kind.Any damaged parts should be replacedas soon as possible.

C020402AUN

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

C020403AEN

When to replace seat beltsIf your vehicle is involved in an accident,every seatbelt being used at the time willhave been placed under extreme forceand will need to be replaced, irrespectiveof whether the pre-tensioner has activat-ed or not. This should be done even if nodamage is visible. Additional questionsconcerning seat belt operation should bedirected to an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of serious orfatal injuries in the event of a colli-sion or sudden stop. The protectionof your restraint system (seat beltsand air bags) is greatly reduced byreclining your seat. Seat belts mustbe snug against your hips andchest to work properly. The morethe seatback is reclined, the greaterthe chance that an occupant's hipswill slide under the lap belt or theshoulder belt will hook under thewearer's neck, causing seriousexternal or internal injury. Driversand passengers should always sitwell back in their seats, properlybelted, and with the seatbacksupright.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback has been folded down, becareful not to damage the seat beltwebbing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle could possibly fail duringa collision or sudden stop, result-ing in serious injury. If the webbingor buckles are damaged, get themreplaced immediately.


225

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMC030000BEN

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements for child restraints in yourstate/province. Child and/or infant safetyseats must be properly placed andinstalled in the rear seat. You must use acommercially available child restraintsystem that meets the requirements ofthe Safety Standards of your country.Child restraint systems are designed to besecured in vehicle seats by lap belts or thelap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, orby a tether anchor and/or ISOFIX anchors(if equipped).Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child.

Follow all the instructions provided by themanufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger-side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the child restraint system

is not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a suddenstop or an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

5 23


WARNINGTo reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the child restraintsystem manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use ofthe child restraint.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always proper-ly position and secure children inthe rear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floor of amoving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicle’s interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.


245

C030100AEN

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required. Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions.

For safety reasons, we recommend thatthe child restraint system be used in therear seats.

CRS

OUN026150

Forward-facing child restraint system

Rearward-facing child restraint system

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is notproperly restrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint systems and theinstructions provided with thechild restraint system couldincrease the chance and/orseverity of injury in an accident.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, An inflating passenger sideairbag could impact the rear facingchild restraint and could seriouslyor fatally injure the child.

5 25


C030101AUN

Installing a child restraint system bylap belt (on the center rear seat) (if equipped) To install a child restraint system on thecenter rear seats, do the following:1. Place the child restraint system on the

center rear seat.2. Extend the latch plate tongue of the

lap belt.

3. Route the lap belt through the restraintaccording to the seat manufacturer’sinstructions.

4. Buckle the seat belt and adjust the lapbelt for a snug hold on the childrestraint by pulling on the loose end ofthe belt. After installation of the childrestraint system, try to move it in alldirections to be sure the child restraintsystem is securely installed.

C030102AUN

Installing a child restraint system bylap/shoulder belt

To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

1GHA2260 E2MS103005


265

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the seatbelt to take up any slack. After installa-tion of the child restraint system, try tomove it in all directions to be sure thechild restraint system is securelyinstalled.

If you need to tighten the belt, pull morewebbing toward the retractor. When youunbuckle the seat belt and allow it toretract, the retractor will automaticallyrevert back to its normal seated passen-ger emergency locking usage condition.

OEN036101 OEN036104

5 27


C040000APA

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag** : if equipped

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OPA037019R

∗ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.


285

C040900APA

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofa serious frontal or side collision (ifequipped with side impact air bag) inorder to help protect the occupantsfrom serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate. Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of a col-lision and its direction. These two fac-tors determine whether the sensorsproduce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. The determining factors arenot limited to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.

It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of theextremely short time in which a collisionoccurs and the need to inflate the airbag between the occupant and thevehicle structures before the occupantimpacts those structures. This speed ofinflation reduces the risk of serious orlife-threatening injuries in a severe col-lision and is thus a necessary part of airbag design.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can include facialabrasions, bruises and broken bonesbecause the inflation speed also caus-es the air bags to expand with a greatdeal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 250 mm (10 inches)away). The front passengersshould always move their seatsas far back as possible and sitback in their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of collision, and passen-gers may be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries including facial or bodilyabrasions, injuries from brokenglasses or burns.

5 29


C040902APA

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest with both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder. Though the smoke and powder are non-toxic, they may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with cold waterimmediately and consult a doctor if thesymptom persists.

C040903APA

Do not install a child restraint on thefront passenger’s seat.Never place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraints in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it could cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument panel arevery hot. To prevent injury, do nottouch the air bag storage area’sinternal components immediatelyafter an air bag has inflated.


305

C041000AEN

Air bag warning lightThe purpose of the air bag warning lightin your instrument panel is to alert you ofa potential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the warning light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, it cancause serious or fatal injuries.

W7-147

5 31


C040100APA

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module*2. Passenger's front air bag module*3. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*4. Air bag warning light5. SRS control module (SRSCM)6. Front impact sensors*: if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.The SRS " " warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theSRS " " warning light should go out.If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system as soon aspossible.• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

The front air bag modules are locatedboth in the center of the steering wheeland in the front passenger's panel abovethe glove box. When the SRSCM detectsa sufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)


325

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B02L B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface. It may become a dangerous pro-jectile and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

5 33


C040400BPA

Driver's and passenger's front airbag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air Bag) Systemand lap/shoulder belts at both the driverand passenger seating positions. Theindications of the system's presence arethe letters "SRS AIR BAG" embossed onthe air bag pad cover in the steeringwheel and the passenger's side frontpanel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

• The SRS can function only whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. If the SRS " " warninglight does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on after illumi-nating for about 6 seconds whenthe ignition switch is turned tothe ON position, or after theengine is started, comes on whiledriving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle immediately inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Before you replace a fuse or dis-

connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replace theair bag related fuse(s) when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS “ ” warninglight to illuminate.

OPA037021R

Driver’s front air bag


345

The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity.

(Continued)To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

• Move your seat as far back aspractical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned drivers and passen-gers can be severely injured byinflating air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate with con-siderable force and in the blink ofan eye. Seat belts help keep occu-pants in proper position to obtainmaximum benefit from the air bag.Even with air bags, improperly andunbelted occupants can be severe-ly injured when the air bag inflates.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant safety contained in this manu-al.

(Continued)

OPA037022R

Passenger’s front air bag

5 35


OPA037039

1JBA3516

OED036104

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover

(Continued)• Do not allow a passenger to ride

in the front seat when the pas-senger’s front air bag OFF indica-tor is illuminated, because the airbag will not deploy in the event ofa moderate or severe frontalcrash. (if equipped)

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized HYUNDAI dealerinspect the air bag system assoon as possible.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized HYUNDAIdealer replace the air bag imme-diately after deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)


365

(Continued)• A child restraint system must

never be placed in the front seat.The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by an airbag deployment in case of anaccident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

5 37


C040800APA

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. To summaries, even if yourvehicle is damaged and is totallyunusable, this does not necessarilymean that the airbags should havebeen deployed.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

OPA037027/OPA037028/OPA037029/OPA037030R

1 2

C040801APA

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

OPA037040R

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B pillarswhere side collision sensors areinstalled. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing bumper guards orreplacing a bumper with non-gen-uine parts may adversely affectyour vehicle’s collision and airbag deployment performance.

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed. This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death. Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

(Continued)

5 38


C040802APA

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

• Frontal air bags are not designed toinflate in rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case, inflat-ed air bags would not be able to pro-vide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.

OPA037042ROPA037041R


395

1JBA3516

OED036104

• In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly reduced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-dents because air bag deploymentwould not provide protection to theoccupants.

1VQA2089 OPA037043

5 40


• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

C041100APA

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS " "warning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must be per-formed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er. Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

1JBA3518


415

C041300AUN

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules on thesteering wheel, instrument panel,and the front passenger's panelabove the glove box, because anysuch object could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severe enoughto cause the air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer knows theseprecautions and can give you thenecessary information. Failure tofollow these precautions and pro-cedures could increase the riskof personal injury.

5 42


• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

C041400AUN

Adding equipment to or modifyingyour air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.


435

C041200AUN

Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risk of air bag system. Note that these government warnings focus on the risk to children, we also want you to be aware of the risks which adults areexposed to. Those have been described in previous pages.

1 Type A

Type B

5 44


Keys ........................................................................ 6-2Remote keyless entry ............................................ 6-4Theft-alarm system ............................................... 6-6Door locks .............................................................. 6-8Tailgate ................................................................. 6-11Windows .............................................................. 6-12Hood ..................................................................... 6-15Fuel filler lid ........................................................ 6-17Sunroof ................................................................ 6-20Steering wheel ..................................................... 6-24

Mirrors ................................................................ 6-26Instrument cluster .............................................. 6-29Rear Parking Assistant System ...........................6-40Hazard warning flasher ..................................... 6-43Lighting ............................................................... 6-43Wipers and washers ........................................... 6-48Interior light ........................................................ 6-50Defroster .............................................................. 6-51Climate control system ....................................... 6-52Windshield defrosting and defogging ............... 6-60Storage compartment ......................................... 6-61Interior features .................................................. 6-63Audio system ....................................................... 6-69

6Features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

26

D010200APA

Key operationsUsed to start the engine, lock and unlockthe doors (or tailgate).

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition switch. Children copyadults and they could place the keyin the ignition switch. The ignitionkey would enable children to oper-ate power windows or other con-trols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result in seriousbodily injury or even death. Neverleave the keys in your vehicle withunsupervised children.

OUN026060

WARNINGUse only HYUNDAI original partsfor the ignition key in your vehicle.If an aftermarket key is used, theignition switch may not return toON after START. If this happens,the starter will continue to operatecausing damage to the startermotor and possible fire due toexcessive current in the wiring.

6 3


D010300APA

Immobilizer system (if equipped)Your vehicle may be equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer system toreduce the risk of unauthorized vehicleuse. Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition keyand electronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou insert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, it checksand determines and verifies if the ignitionkey is valid or not.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys-tem:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobilizer system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separate in order to avoid a startingmalfunction.

✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It is designedto give years of trouble-free serv-ice, however you should avoidexposure to moisture, static elec-tricity and rough handling.Immobilizer system malfunction

OHD046100

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.The engine may not start for themetal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal from normallytransmitting

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. Yourimmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password and shouldbe kept confidential. Do not leavethis number anywhere in your vehi-cle.


46

Remote keyless entry systemoperationsD020101AUN-EE

Lock (1)All doors are locked if the lock button ispressed.If all doors are closed, the hazard warn-ing lights blink once to indicate that alldoors are locked. However, if any doorremains open, the hazard warning lightswill not blink. If all doors are closed afterthe lock button is pressed, the hazardwarning lights blink.

D020102AUN

Unlock (2) All doors are unlocked if the unlock but-ton is pressed.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that all doors are unlocked.After depressing this button, the doorswill be locked automatically unless youopen any door within 30 seconds.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehicle

OPA041001

6 5


D020200AFD

Transmitter precautions✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occurs:• The ignition key is in the ignition

switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

D020300APB

Battery replacementThe transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium bat-tery which will normally last for severalyears. When replacement is necessary,use the following procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centercover (1).

2. Replace the battery with a new one.When replacing the battery, makesure the battery positive “+” symbolfaces up as indicated in the illustra-tion.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For transmitter replacement, see anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer to repro-

CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

OFD047003


66

gram the transmitter.

D030000AEN

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

D030100APA

Armed stagePark the car and stop the engine. Armthe system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-

tion switch and exit the vehicle.2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate)

and engine hood are closed andlatched.

3. Lock the doors using the transmitter ofthe keyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights will blink once toindicate that the system is armed.

If any door (or tailgate) or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warning lightswill not operate and the theft-alarm willnot arm. If all doors (and tailgate) andengine hood are closed after the lockbutton is pressed, the hazard warninglights blink once.

CAUTION• The keyless entry system trans-

mitter is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, howev-er it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use yourtransmitter or replace the battery,contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage

6 7


Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passenger(s)remains in the vehicle, the alarm maybe activated when the remaining pas-senger(s) leave the vehicle. If anydoor (or tailgate) or engine hood isopened within 30 (or 8 - for China)seconds after the system enters thearmed stage, the system is disarmedto prevent an unnecessary alarm.

D030200AUN-EE

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A front or rear door is opened without

using the transmitter.• The tailgate is opened without using

the transmitter.• The engine hood is opened.The siren will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously forapproximately 30 seconds (for Europe,Middle East Area and China), and repeatthe alarm 3 times unless the system isdisarmed (except Europe, Middle EastArea and China). To turn off the system,unlock the doors with the transmitter.

D030400APA

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when thedoors (and tailgate) are unlocked withthe transmitter.After depressing the unlock button, thehazard warning lights will blink twice toindicate that the system is disarmed.After depressing the unlock button, if anydoor (or tailgate) is not opened within 30seconds, the system will be rearmed.

✽ NOTICE• If the system is not disarmed with the

transmitter, insert the key into theignition switch and start the engine.Then the system will be disarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.


86

D050100APA

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key anti-clockwise to unlock

and clockwise to lock.• If you lock/unlock the driver’s door with

a key, all vehicle doors will lock/unlockautomatically. (if equipped with centraldoor lock system)

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter. (ifequipped)

• Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

• To lock a door without the key, pushthe inside door lock button (1) to the“Lock” position and close the door (2).

• If you lock the door with the driver’s (orpassenger’s) door lock button (1), allvehicle doors will lock automatically. (ifequipped with central door lock sys-tem)

✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

DOOR LOCKS

OPA047005R

Unloc

OPA047006R

6 9


Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleD050201APA

With the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on button will be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If thedoor is locked properly, the red mark(2) on the door lock button will not bevisible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• Pushing the driver's (or passenger’s)door lock button to the "Lock" or"Unlock" position will lock or unlock allvehicle doors. (if equipped with central

door lock system)• Front doors cannot be locked if the

ignition key is in the ignition switch and

any front door is open. (if equipped)

OPA047007R

Lock Unlock

WARNING - Door lock mal-function

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the followingtechniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from out-side.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.


106

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out and beseverely injured or killed. To pre-vent children from opening the reardoors from the inside, the rear doorsafety locks should be used when-ever children are in the vehicle.

D050300AEN

Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will be automatically unlockedwhen an impact causes the air bags todeploy.

D050500AEN

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located on

the rear edge of the door to the lockposition. When the child safety lock isin the lock position, the rear door willnot open even though the inner doorhandle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (1).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (2) until the rear doorchild safety lock is unlocked.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

OPA047008

6 11


D070100APA

Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked by

turning the key to the "Lock" or"Unlock" position.

• The tailgate is locked or unlockedwhen all doors are locked or unlockedwith the key, transmitter or driver's (orpassenger’s) door lock button. (ifequipped with central door lock sys-tem)

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pulling up the handle.

✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

D070200AUN

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE

OPA047009

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachedhardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving.

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgate open,you will draw dangerous exhaustfumes into your vehicle which cancause serious injury or death tovehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tailgateopen, keep the air vents and all win-dows open so that additional out-side air comes into the vehicle.

Lock

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.


126

D080000APA

(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window

switch*(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch*(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window down*

(Driver’s window)(7) Power window lock switch*

* : if equipped

✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power windowsmay not work properly due to freezingconditions.

WINDOWS

OPA047010R

6 13


D080100AUN

Power windows (if equipped)The ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door's window. The driv-er has a power window lock switch whichcan block the operation of passengerwindows. The power windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the power windowscannot be operated within the 30 secondperiod after the ignition key removal. (ifequipped)

✽ NOTICEWhile driving, if you notice buffetingand pulsation (wind shock) with eitherside window open, you should open theopposite window slightly to reduce thecondition.

D080101AUN

Window opening and closingThe driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle. To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

D080102APA

Auto down window (Driver's window)(if equipped)Depressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the windoweven when the switch is released. Tostop the window at the desired positionwhile the window is in operation, pull upand release the switch to the oppositedirection of the movement.

OUN026012 OPA047011


146

D080104AUN

Power window lock button (if equipped)• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on the passenger doorsby depressing the power window lockswitch located on the driver’s door toLOCK (pressed).

• When the power window lockswitch is ON, the driver’s mastercontrol cannot operate the passen-ger door power windows.

OPA047012R

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in

the vehicle. • NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(depressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend face or arms out-side through the window openingwhile driving.

6 15


D080200APA

Manual windows (if equipped)To raise or lower the window, turn thewindow regulator handle clockwise orcounterclockwise.

D090100AUN

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, pull the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and liftthe hood (2).

OPA047013R

WARNINGWhen opening or closing the win-dows, make sure your passenger'sarms, hands and body are safelyout of the way.

OPA047014R OPA047015R

HOOD


166

3.Pull the support rod from the hood.4.Hold the hood open with the support

rod.

D090200APA

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm(1 ft.) above the closed position and letit drop. Make sure that it locks intoplace.

OPA047016

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in the areawrapped in plastic. The plastic willhelp prevent you from beingburned by hot metal when theengine is hot.

WARNING• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure

that the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole whenev-er you inspect the engine com-partment. This will prevent thehood from falling and possiblyinjuring you.

• Do not move the vehicle with thebonnet raised. Your view throughthe windscreen will be obscuredand the bonnet could fall or bedamaged.

6 17


D100100APA

Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up on thefuel filler lid opener located on the frontfloor area under the driver’s seat.

✽ NOTICEIf the fuel filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radi-ator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener up.3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully

open.4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel tank

cap (2) counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

D100200AUN

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise

until it “clicks”. This indicates that thecap is securely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-ly and make sure that it is securelyclosed.

D100300APA

FUEL FILLER LID

OPA047032R OPA047017 WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.


186

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warnings at

the fuel station.• Before refueling note the location

of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas stationfacility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching anothermetal part of the vehicle, a safedistance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When using an approved

portable fuel container, be sureto place the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling hasbegun, contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete. Use only approved portable plas-tic fuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

(Continued)

6 19


(Continued)• DO NOT use matches or a lighter

and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

• If a fire breaks out during refuel-ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment. Follow any safety instruc-tions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel with unleaded

(or leaded for some countries)fuel only. (Gasoline engine only)

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap can resultin a serious malfunction of thefuel system or emission controlsystem.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.


206

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

D110000APA

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control buttons located on theoverhead console.(1) Slide button(2) Tilt button(3) Close button

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.

• After washing the car or after there israin, be sure to wipe off any waterthat is on the sunroof before operatingit.

✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tilted whilein an open or slide position.

D110100APA

Sliding the sunroof OpenTo open the sunroof (auto slide feature),press the slide button (1) on the over-head console for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will slide all the way open.Tostop the sunroof sliding at any point,press any sunroof control button.To open the sunroof (manual slide fea-ture), press the slide button (1) on theoverhead console for less than 0.5 sec-ond. The sunroof will slide open a little.

CAUTIONDo not continue to press the sun-roof control button(s) after the sun-roof is in the fully open, closed, ortilt position(s). Damage to the motoror system components could occur.

WARNING Never adjust the sunroof or sun-shade while driving. Diverting yourattention from the road could resultin loss of control and an accidentthat may cause serious, fatal injuryor property loss.

OPA047019OPA047018

6 21


CloseTo close the sunroof (auto slide feature),press the close button (3) on the over-head console for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will slide all the wayclose.To stop the sunroof sliding at anypoint, press any sunroof control button.To close the sunroof (manual slide fea-ture), press the close button (3) on theoverhead console for less than 0.5 sec-ond. The sunroof will slide close a little.

D110101AEN

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof is closing automati-cally, it will reverse direction, and thenstop. The auto reverse function does not workif a tiny obstacle is between the slidingglass and the sunroof sash. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroof beforeclosing it.

D110200APA

Tilting the sunroof OpenTo open the sunroof (auto tilt feature),press the tilt button (2) on the overheadconsole for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will tilt all the way open. Tostop the sunroof tilting at any point, pressany sunroof control button.To open the sunroof (manual tilt feature),press the tilt button (2) on the overheadconsole for less than 0.5 second.The sunroof will tilt open a little.

CloseTo close the sunroof, press the close but-ton (3) on the overhead console and holdit until the sunroof is closed.

OPA041020OTQ047028


226

D110300APA

Sunshade The sunshade will automatically openwith the glass panel when the glasspanel moves but can be closed manuallyif desired.

D110500BPA

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, you must resetyour sunroof system as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.

2. Press and hold the close button (formore than 5 seconds) until the sun-roof has closed completely.

3. Release the close button.4. Press and hold the close button (for

more than 10 seconds) until the sun-roof has returned to the original posi-tion of tilt after it is raised a little high-er than the maximum tilt position.Then, release the button.

OTQ047030

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that someone’s head,

hands and body are not trappedby a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside through thesunroof opening while driving.

• Make sure your hands and faceare safely out of the way beforeclosing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• The sunroof is made to slidetogether with the sunshade. Donot leave the sunshade closedwhile the sunroof is open.

6 23


5. Press and hold the close button (formore than 5 seconds) until the sun-roof operates as follows;

SLIDE OPEN � SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the button.

When this is complete, the sunroofsystem is reset.


246

D130200APA

Electric power steering (if equipped)Power steering uses the motor to assistyou in steering the vehicle. If the engineis off or if the power steering systembecomes inoperative, the vehicle maystill be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by power steering control unitwhich sense the steering wheel torqueand vehicle speed to command themotor.The steering wheel becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’s speeddecreases for the better control of thesteering wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not illumi-

nate.• The steering effort is high immediately

after turning the ignition switch on.This happens as the system performsthe EPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics is completed, the steeringwheel will return to its normal condition.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isturned to the ON or LOCK position.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• If the Electric Power Steering Systemdoes not operate normally, the warn-ing light will illuminate on the instru-ment cluster. The steering wheel maybecome difficult to control or operateabnormally. Take your vehicle to anauthorized Hyundai dealer and havethe vehicle checked as soon as possible.

• The steering effort increases if thesteering wheel is rotated continuouslywhen the vehicle is not in motion.However, after a few minutes, it willreturn to its normal condition.

• When you operate the steering wheelin low temperature, abnormal noisecould occur. If temperature rises, thenoise will disappear. This is a normalcondition.

D130300AEN

Tilt steering (if equipped)Tilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. You canalso raise it to give your legs more roomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

STEERING WHEEL

WARNING• Never adjust the angle of the

steering wheel while driving. Youmay lose steering control andcause severe personal injury,death or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

6 25


D130301APA

To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock-release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2), then pull up the lock-release lever tolock the steering wheel in place. Be sureto adjust the steering wheel to thedesired position before driving.

D130500AUN

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The hornwill operate only when this area ispressed.

OPA047025R

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.OPA047026


266

D140100AUN

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror to center onthe view through the rear window. Makethis adjustment before you start driving.

✽ NOTICEDo not adjust the rear view mirror whilethe vehicle is moving. Diverting yourattention from the road could result in aloss of control…

D140101AUN

Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of vehi-cles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

D140200APA

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with left-handand/or right-hand outside rearview mir-rors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch (or lever)(if equipped). The mirror heads can befolded back to prevent damage during anautomatic car wash or when passing in anarrow street.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision throughthe rear window.

OPA047027R

Day

Night

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. In some countries, theleft outside rearview mirror isalso convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

6 27


D140201APA

Adjusting the outside rearview mirrorManual control (if equipped)To adjust an outside mirror, move themirror.

Manual remote control (if equipped)To adjust an outside mirror, move thecontrol lever which is located at the for-ward inside area of the window frame.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderear view mirrors while the vehicleis moving. Diverting your attentionfrom the road could result in a lossof control…

OPA047031 OPA047028


286

Electric remote control (if equipped)The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, movethe lever (1) to R or L to select the rightside mirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point on the mirroradjustment control to position the select-ed mirror up, down, left or right.After adjustment, put the switch into neu-tral (center) position to prevent the inad-vertent adjustment.

D140202AEN

Folding the outside rearview mirrorTo fold the outside rearview mirror, graspthe housing of the mirror and then fold ittoward the rear of the vehicle.

OPA047029

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch isdepressed. Do not depress theswitch longer than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the parts.

OPA047030R

6 29


INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer*

2. Turn signal indicators

3. Speedometer

4. Shift position indicator

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. Odometer/Tripmeter

7. Fuel gauge

* : if equipped

OPA041131

∗ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.For more details refer to the "Gauges" in the next pages.


306

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe engine dam-age.

D150100AUN

Instrument panel illumination (if equipped)When the vehicle’s parking lights orheadlights are on, rotate the illuminationcontrol knob to adjust the instrumentpanel illumination intensity.

GaugesD150201AUN-EC

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in kilome-ters per hour and/or miles per hour.

D150202AUN

Tachometer (if equipped)The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.When the ignition is turned to the ONposition but with the engine OFF, if thedoor is opened, or if the engine is notstarted within 1 minute, the tachometerneedle may move slightly. This move-ment is normal and will not affect theaccuracy of the tachometer once theengine is running.

OPA041132

OPA047044R

OPA041135

6 31


D150204AUN

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given in sec-tion 9. The fuel gauge is supplementedby a low fuel warning light, which will illu-minate when the fuel tank is near empty.

On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugemay fluctuate or the low fuel warning lightmay come on earlier than usual due tothe movement of fuel in the tank.

D150205APA

Odometer/Tripmeter Odometer (km or mi.)The odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

✽ NOTICEIt is forbidden to tamper with theodometer of all vehicles with the intentto change the mileage registered on theodometer.

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning the fuel tank too low orempty can cause your engine tostall and could endanger you andyour passengers.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

CAUTIONDo not drive with an extremely lowfuel level; running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, creat-ing an excessive load on the cat-alytic converter.

OPA041138

OPA041137


326

Tripmeter (km or mi.)TRIP A: Tripmeter ATRIP B: Tripmeter BThe tripmeter indicates the distance ofindividual trips selected by the driver.

Odometer, tripmeter A or B can beselected by pressing the trip mode/resetbutton for less than 1 second, and thenreleasing.Tripmeter A or B can be reset to 0.0 bypressing the trip mode/reset button formore than 1 second.

D150300AEN

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.

OPA041139 OPA047058R

6 33


D150302APA

Air bag warning light(if equipped)

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) isnot working properly. If the air bag warn-ing light does not come on, or continu-ously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

D150335APA

Passenger’s front air bagOFF indicator(if equipped)The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-cator illuminates for about 4 secondsafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position. The passenger’s front air bag OFF indi-cator also comes on when the passen-ger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch is setto the OFF position and turns off whenthe passenger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch is set to the ON position.

D150303AEN

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light (if equipped)This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally. If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a malfunction with theABS.

CAUTIONIf there is a malfunction of the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch, the passenger’s front airbag OFF indicator will not illumi-nate and the passenger’s front airbag will inflate in frontal impactcrashes even if the passenger’sfront air bag ON/OFF switch is setto the OFF position.If this occurs, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer inspect the pas-senger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch and the SRS air bag systemas soon as possible.


346

If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible. The normal brakingsystem will still be operational, but with-out the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

Electronic brake force distri-bution (EBD) system warninglightIf two warning lights illumi-nate at the same time whiledriving, your vehicle mayhave a malfunction with theABS and EBD system.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

D150304APA

Seat belt warning (if equipped)Type AAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened afterthe ignition switch is ON, the seat beltwarning light blinks again for approxi-mately 6 seconds. If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned ON orif it is unfastened after the ignition switchis ON, the seat belt warning chime willsound for approximately 6 seconds. Atthis time, if the seat belt is fastened, thechime will stop at once. (if equipped)

WARNINGIf the both ABS and brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally during sudden braking. Inthis case, avoid high speed drivingand abrupt braking. Have yourvehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

6 35


Type BAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will illuminate for approxi-mately 6 seconds each time you turn theignition switch ON. However, if the dri-ver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned ON or if it is dis-connected after the ignition switch isturned ON, the seat belt warning light willilluminate until the belt is fastened.If you drive over 9 km/h (6 mph) withoutthe driver's seat belt fastened (but whenthe seat belt has been fastened beforeand when the 100 second chime hasnever been completed), the seat beltwarning light will blink and the chime willsound for 100 seconds.If you drive over 9 km/h (6 mph) withoutthe driver's seat belt fastened (but whenthe seat belt has never been fastened orwhen the 100 second chime has beencompleted even if the seat belt has beenfastened before), the seat belt warninglight will blink. And then the seat beltwarning chime will sound for 100 sec-onds if you drive over 20 km/h (12.5mph) (but when the 100 second chimehas never been completed).

If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedwhen you drive over 9 km/h (6 mph), theseat belt warning light will blink and thechime will sound for approximately 100seconds.If the driver's seat belt is fastened whilethe seat belt warning chime sounds, thechime will stop at once.

D150305AUN

Turn signal indicator

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,a malfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.

D150306AUN

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever ispulled into the Flash-to-Pass position.


366

D150307AEN

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

D150308APA

Parking brake & brake fluidwarning light

This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the parking brake isnot applied.

Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have the vehicle towed to any author-

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion. If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer beforethe car is driven again.

6 37


ized HYUNDAI dealer for a brake sys-tem inspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diag-onal braking systems. This means youstill have braking on two wheels even ifone of the dual systems should fail. Withonly one of the dual systems working,more than normal pedal travel andgreater pedal pressure are required tostop the car. Also, the car will not stop inas short a distance with only a portion ofthe brake system working. If the brakesfail while you are driving, shift to a lowergear for additional engine braking andstop the car as soon as it is safe to do so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warn-ing light illuminates when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

D150339APA

O/D OFF indicator (if equipped)

The O/D OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. This indicator comes on whenthe O/D system is deactivated.

Engine coolant tempera-ture warning light(if equipped)

The warning light shows the temperatureof the engine coolant when the ignitionswitch is ON.The warning light illuminates if the temperature of the engine coolant is above120±3°C (248±5.5°F).Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats,refer to “Overheating” in the Index.

✽ NOTICEIf the engine coolant temperature warn-ing light illuminates, it indicates over-heating that may damage the engine.

D150309APBFront fog light indicator (if equipped)

This indicator illuminates when the frontfog lights are ON.

D150310APBRear fog light indicator (If equipped)

This indicator illuminates when the rearfog lights are ON.

D150350APBRear fog light warning chime (if equipped)If the driver's door is opened while therear fog light switch is on, the rear foglight warning chime will sound. Thechime sounds until the rear fog lightswitch is off, the driver's door is closed orthe ignition switch is on.

D150312APBShift pattern indicator(if equipped)

The indicator displays which automatictransaxle shift lever is selected.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repairedimmediately by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

O/DOFF


386

Manual transaxle shiftindicator (if equipped)

This indicator informs you which gear isdesired while driving to save fuel. Forexample

: Indicates that shifting up to the3rd gear is desired (currentlythe shift lever is in the 2ndgear).

: Indicates that shifting down tothe 3rd gear is desired (current-ly the shift lever is in the 4thgear).

✽ NOTICE• When the system is not working prop-

erly, up & down arrow indicator andGear are not displayed.

D150313AEN

Charging system warninglight

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the alternator or electrical charg-ing system.If the warning light comes on while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the alterna-

tor drive belt is not loose or broken.3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-

lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer correct the problemas soon as possible.

D150315AUN

Tailgate open warning light(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates when thetailgate is not closed securely with theignition switch in any position.

D150316AUN

Door ajar warning light(if equipped)

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion switch in any position.

D150317APA

Immobilizer indicator (if equipped)This light illuminates when the immobiliz-er key is inserted and turned to the ONposition to start the engine.At this time, you can start the engine.The light goes out after the engine is run-ning. If this light blinks when the ignition switchis in the ON position before starting theengine, have the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

D150318AUN

Low fuel level warning light

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

OPA041139

6 39


D150320APA

Malfunction indicator (MIL)(check engine light) (if equipped)This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in the emis-sion control system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, take your vehicle to your near-est authorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue tobe drivable, but have the systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer promptly.

D150334APA

Electronic power steering(EPS) system warning light(if equipped)This light comes on when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position andthen it will go out with the engine started.This light also comes on if the EPS has amalfunction. If it comes on while driving,have your vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONProlonged driving with theEmission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

CAUTION - GasolineengineIf the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator light blinks,an error related to the Fuel InjectionSystem may have occurred and thiscould result in a loss of enginepower. Have the Engine ControlSystem inspected as soon as pos-sible by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

EPS


406

D170000AEN

The rear parking assist system assiststhe driver during backward movement ofthe vehicle by chiming if any object issensed within a distance of 120 cm (47in.) behind the vehicle. This system is asupplemental system and it is not intend-ed to nor does it replace the need forextreme care and attention of the driver.The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the back sensors are limit-ed. Whenever backing-up, pay as muchattention to what is behind you as youwould in a vehicle without a rear parkingassist system.

Operation of the rear parkingassist systemD170101ACM

Operating condition• This system will activate when backing

up with the ignition switch ON.If the vehicle is moving at a speed over10 km/h (6 mph), the system may notbe activated correctly.

• The sensing distance while the rearparking assist system is in operation isapproximately 120 cm (47 in.).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the closestone will be recognized first.

D170102AEN

Types of warning sound• When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm (47

in. to 32 in.) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps intermittently.

• When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm (31in. to 16 in.) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps more frequently.

• When an object is within 40 cm (15 in.)of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OPA041141

WARNINGThe rear parking assist system is asupplementary function only. Theoperation of the rear parking assistsystem can be affected by severalfactors (including environmentalconditions). It is the responsibilityof the driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle before andwhile backing up.

Sensors

6 41


D170200AEN

Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist systemThe rear parking assist system maynot operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will

operate normally when the moisturehas been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked. (It will oper-ate normally when the material isremoved or the sensor is no longerblocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradi-ent).

4. Objects generating excessive noise(vehicle horns, loud motorcycleengines, or truck air brakes) are withinrange of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones

are within range of the sensor.7. The sensor is covered with snow.8. Trailer towing

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign

matter such as snow or water. (Thesensing range will return to normalwhen removed.)

2. Outside air temperature is extremelyhot or cold.

The following objects may not be rec-ognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,

chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the sen-

sor frequency such as clothes, spongymaterial or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m(40 in.) in height and narrower than 14cm (6 in.) in diameter.

D170300AEN

Rear parking assist system pre-cautions• The rear parking assist system may

not sound sequentially depending onthe speed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

• The rear parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation has beenmodified or damaged. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensor per-formance.

• The sensor may not recognize objectsless than 40 cm (15 in.) from the sen-sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow, dirt, or water, the sensormay be inoperative until the stains areremoved using a soft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike the sen-sor. Sensor damage could occur.


426

✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objects with-in the range and location of the sensors;It can not detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed. Also,small or slim objects, such as poles orobjects located between sensors may notbe detected by the sensors.Always visually check behind the vehi-cle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar with thesystem regarding the systems capabili-ties and limitations.

D170400AFD

Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-tently when shifting the gear to the R(Reverse) position, this may indicate amalfunction in the rear parking assist sys-tem. If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

WARNINGPay close attention when the vehi-cle is driven close to objects on theroad, particularly pedestrians, andespecially children. Be aware thatsome objects may not be detectedby the sensors, due to the object’sdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effectiveness ofthe sensor. Always perform a visu-al inspection to make sure the vehi-cle is clear of all obstructionsbefore moving the vehicle in anydirection.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty doesnot cover any accidents or damageto the vehicle or injuries to its occu-pants due to a rear parking assistsystem malfunction. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

6 43


D180000AUN

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road asfar as possible.

The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignitionswitch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

D190100AUN

Battery saver function (if equipped)• The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the exterior lights when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver-side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willbe turned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OPA047059

OPA047104

Type A

Type B

LIGHTING

CAUTIONIf the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (except dri-ver's door), the battery saver func-tion does not operate. Therefore, Itcauses the battery to be dis-charged. In this case, make sure toturn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle.


446

D190400AUN

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions: (1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position

D190401AEN

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position, the tail, license and instru-ment panel lights are ON.

D190402AEN

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition the head, tail, license and instru-ment panel lights are ON.

✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

OPA047062ROPA047060R OPA047061R

6 45


D190500AUN

High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull itback for low beams.The high beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

D190600AUN

Turn signals and lane changesignalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). Green arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signal isoperating. They will self-cancel after aturn is completed. If the indicator contin-ues to flash after a turn, manually returnthe lever to the OFF position.

OPA047063R OPA047064R OPA047065R


466

To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one ofthe turn signal bulbs may be burned outand will require replacement.

✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, a bulb may be burned out orhave a poor electrical connection in thecircuit. D190700APA

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility when visibility is poor due to fog,rain or snow, etc. The fog lights will turnon when fog light switch is pressed afterthe ignition switch is in the ON positionand the parklight is turned on.To turn off the fog lights, press the switchagain.

D190800APA

Rear fog light (if equipped) To turn the rear fog lights on, turn theheadlight switch to the headlight on posi-tion and press the rear fog light switch(light on switch will illuminate). The rear fog lights turn on when the rearfog switch is pressed after the front fogswitch is turned to ON and the headlightswitch to the parklight position. (ifequipped)To turn the rear fog lights off, press therear fog light switch again or turn theheadlight switch to the OFF position.When the rear fog light switch is pressedand the driver’s door is opened, thechime sounds. The chime stops whenthe driver’s door is closed. (if equipped)

OPA047067OPA047066

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.

6 47


D191001AEN

Headlight leveling device (if equipped)To adjust the headlight beam levelaccording to the number of the passen-gers and the loading weight in the lug-gage area, turn the beam leveling switch.The higher the number of the switchposition, the lower the headlight beamlevel. Always keep the headlight beam atthe proper leveling position, or headlightsmay dazzle other road users.

Listed below are the examples of properswitch settings. For loading conditions,other than those listed below, adjust theswitch position to suit a similar loadingcondition.

OPA047068

Loading condition

Driver only

Driver + Front passenger

Driver + Full passengers

Full passengers (including

driver) + Maximum per-

missible loading

Driver + Maximum per-

missible loading

Switch position

0

0

1

2

3


486

D200100APA

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.

: For a single wiping cycle, push thelever upward and release it with

the lever in the OFF position. Thewipers will operate continuously ifthe lever is pushed upward andheld.

0 : Wiper is not in operation--- : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. Use thismode in a light rain or mist. (if equipped)

1 : Normal wiper speed2 : Fast wiper speed

✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

D200200AUN

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.

OPA047070

OPA047070

OPA047069

TYPE A

TYPE B

TYPE A

TYPE B

OPA047069

WIPERS AND WASHERS

6 49


Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment. (Referto "Maintenance" in section 9).

D200300APA

Rear window wiper and washerswitch (if equipped)The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.0 - Wiper is not in operation

- Normal wiper operation- Spraying washer fluid and wiping

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze oncontact with the windshield andobscure your vision.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

OPA047071

D210000AEN

D210200APA

Room lamp Type A• : Push the switch to turn the room

lamp on or off. • : The light comes on when a door

is opened.

Type B• ON : In the ON position, the light

stays on at all times.• DOOR: In the DOOR position, the light

comes on when any door isopened regardless of the igni-tion switch position.

• OFF : In the OFF position, the lightstays off at all times even whena door is open.

D210300APA

Luggage lamp (if equipped)The light comes on when the tailgate isopened.

OFD047068

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis not running as this could drainbattery power.

OPA047072 OPA047073

6 50


D220000APA

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “Windshielddefrosting and defogging” in this sec-tion.

D220100AEN

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from therear window, while the engine is running.To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.

If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

OPA047074R

CAUTION• To prevent damage to the con-

ductors bonded to the inside sur-face of the rear window, neveruse sharp instruments or windowcleaners containing abrasives toclean the window.

• To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, operate the defrosteronly while the engine is running.

DEFROSTER


516


526

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

OPA047076/OPA047077

1. Temperature control knob2. Mode selection knob3. Fan speed control knob4. Air conditioning button*5. Air intake control button (recirculated air

position or outside (fresh) air position)6. Rear window defroster button*

* : if equipped

D230000APA

■ Type A

■ Type B

■ Type C

6 53


D230100AEN

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling;- Heating: - Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system (if equipped)on.

OPA047080R


546

D230101APA

Mode selectionThe mode selection knob controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Five sym-bols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrostair position.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.OPA047081

6 55


Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the vent control lever orvent blade. Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever or vent blade as shown.

D230102AUN

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right position for warm and hot air orleft position for cooler air.

D230103APA

Air intake control This is used to select the outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OPA047083

OPA047084R

OPA047082R

Type A

Type B

Type C


566

Recirculated air position With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

D230104AUN

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob to the“0” position turns off the fan.

WARNING• Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• Continued climate control systemoperation in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible while driv-ing.

OPA047085

6 57


D230105AUN

Air conditioning (if equipped) Push the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate). Push the button again to turn theair conditioning system off.

System operationD230501AUN

Ventilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

D230502AEN

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the or position.

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the car through the ventilationsystem, temporarily set the air intakecontrol to the recirculated air position.Be sure to return the control to thefresh air position when the irritationhas passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

OPA047086


586

D230503APA

Air conditioning (if equipped) All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position, set the air intake control tothe recirculated air position, then setthe fan speed control to the highestspeed.

✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be runwith the windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristics.

6 59


Climate control air filter(if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterinspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

✽ NOTICEInspect and clean the filter according tothe Maintenance Schedule. If the car isbeing driven in severe conditions such asdusty or rough roads, more frequent airconditioner filter inspections andchanges or cleaning are required.• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should be checkedat an authorized HYUNDAI dealer

D230400AEN

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeimpact on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

✽ NOTICEIt is important when servicing the airconditioning system that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system operationmay occur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer. Improper servicemay cause serious injury to theperson performing the service.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core


606

D250000AEN • For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging up theinside of the windshield.

D250101APA

To defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed except “0” posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. Select the outside (fresh) air position.5. Press the air conditioning button.

(if equipped)

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

OPA047087R

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or func-tions in extremely humid weather.The difference between the temper-ature of the outside air and that ofthe windshield could cause theouter surface of the windshield tofog up, causing loss of visibility. Inthis case, set the mode selectionknob or button to the positionand fan speed control knob or but-ton to the lower speed.

6 61


D250102APA

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.

D270000AUN

These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror passengers.

D270100APA

Center console storage These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror front passenger.

OPA047088

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover cannot closesecurely.

OPA047098R

STORAGE COMPARTMENT


626

D270200AEN

Glove boxTo open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

D270500APA

Luggage box (if equipped)You can place a first aid kit, a reflector tri-angle, tools, etc. in the box for easyaccess. 1. Stand the cargo area cover vertically.

2. Grasp the strap on the edge of the lug-gage box cover and lift it.

3. Hang the cover strap on the hook hold-er on the cargo area cover.

OPA047089R

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

OPA047099 OPA047100

6 63


D280100APA

Cigarette lighter (if equipped)For the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC positionor the ON position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the elementhas heated, the lighter will pop out to the“ready” position.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine HYUNDAIreplacement.

D280200APA

Ashtray (if equipped)

To clean the ashtray, the plastic recepta-cle should be removed by lifting the plas-tic ash receptacle upward and pulling itout.

INTERIOR FEATURES

CAUTIONOnly a genuine HYUNDAI lightershould be used in the cigarettelighter socket. The use of plug-inaccessories (shavers, hand-heldvacuums, and coffee pots, etc.) maydamage the socket or cause electri-cal failure.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after it

is already heated because it willoverheat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

OPA047091R

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays

as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

OPA047092R


646

D280300APA

Cup holder

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you burn yourself.Such a burn to the driver couldlead to loss of control of the vehi-cle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OPA047093R

OPA047105R

Type A

Type B

OPA047102R

OPA047106R

Type A

Type B

6 65


D280400APA

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.To use a sunvisor for a side window, pullit downward, unsnap it from the bracket(1) and swing it to the side (2).

Type ATo use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (3).The ticket holder (4) is provided for hold-ing a tollgate ticket.

D280500APA

Power outlet (if equipped)When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the power outlet can beused.

OPA047090

TYPE A

OPA041115

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and removethe accessory plug after use.Using the accessory plug for pro-longed periods of time with theengine off could cause the bat-tery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

WARNINGDo not put a finger or a foreign ele-ment (pin, etc.) into a power outletand do not touch with a wet hand.You may get an electric shock.

TYPE B


666

The power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

D280600AEN

Digital clock (if equipped)

Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

D280604APA

Display conversion1. Turn on the audio and press the

[SETUP] button.2. Select the [CLOCK] mode by turning

the switch (4) and press it.3. When you select the [TIME] mode, you

can set the clock. Turn the switch (4)and press it.

4. When you select the [12/24 Hr.] mode,you can change the 12 hour format tothe 24 hour format. Turn the switch (4)and press it.OPA041095

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause an accident thatresults in severe personal injury ordeath.

6 67


Aux, USB and iPod(if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/orUSB(universal serial bus) port or iPodport, you can use an aux port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plug inan USB and also an iPod port to plug inan iPod.

✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

❈ iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

D280800AEN

Clothes hanger (if equipped)

CAUTIONDo not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.

OPA047096R

OJB040400

WARNING - Ashtray use• Make sure the floor mat is prop-

erly placed on the floor carpet. Ifthe floor mat slips and interfereswith the movement of the pedalsduring driving, it may cause anaccident.

• Don't put an additional floor maton the top of the anchored floormat, otherwise the additional matmay slide forward and interferewith the movement of the pedals.

OPA041114


686

D281100APA

Cargo area cover (if equipped)Nothing should be carried on top of thecover. Loose materials could result ininjury to vehicle occupants during sud-den braking.The cargo area cover can be uprightedor removed.

CAUTIONDo not put the luggage on the coversince it may be damaged or mal-formed.

OPA047101

WARNING• Do not place objects on the cargo

area cover. Such objects may bethrown about inside the vehicleand possibly injure vehicle occu-pants during an accident or whenbraking.

• Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage compartment. It isdesigned for luggage only.

OPA047099

6 69


✽ NOTICEIf you install an aftermarket HID headlamp, your vehicle’s audio and electron-ic device may malfunction.

D300102APA

AntennaRoof antenna (if equipped)Your car uses a roof antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals. Thisantenna is a removable type. To removethe antenna, turn it counterclockwise. Toinstall the antenna, turn it clockwise.

AUDIO SYSTEM

OHM048154L

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a low

height clearance, be sure that theantenna is removed.

• Be sure to remove the antennabefore washing the car in an auto-matic car wash or it may be dam-aged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tight-ened to ensure proper reception.But it could be removed whenparking the vehicle.


706

Audio remote control (if equipped)

The steering wheel audio remote controlbutton is installed to promote safe driv-ing.

VOL (+ / -) (1)• Press the up button (+) to increase vol-

ume.• Press the down button (-) to decease

volume.

SEEK ( / ) (2)If the SEEK button is pressed for 0.8 sec-ond or more, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CD/USB/iPod modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

OPA041110

OPA041111

OPA041112

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.

6 71


If the SEEK button is pressed for lessthan 0.8 second, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

CD/USB/iPod modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

MODE (3)Press the button to change audio source.FM1 ➠ FM2 ➠ AM ➠ CD ➠ USB ➠ FM...

MUTE (4, if equipped)• Press the MUTE button to cancel the

sound.• Press the MUTE button again to acti-

vate the sound.

D300800AHM

How vehicle audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your vehicle. This signalis then received by the radio and sent toyour vehicle speakers. When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

JBM002

AM(MW, LW) reception

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM001

FM reception


726

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

• Fading - As your vehicle moves awayfrom the radio station, the signal willweaken and sound will begin to fade.When this occurs, we suggest that youselect another stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anotherstation with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

JBM003

FM radio station

JBM005

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM004

6 73


Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

Care of disc• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventila-tion before using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMAfiles without permission. Use CDs thatare created only by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible CopyProtected Audio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctlythe CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDo not use a cellular phone whiledriving. Stop at a safe location touse a cellular phone.


746

PA_SA710PA

■ CD Player : SA710 (if equipped)

6 75


Using RADIO, SETUP, VOLUMEand AUDIO CONTROL

1. ButtonTurns to FM/AM mode and toggles FM1and FM2➟AM➟FM1··· when the button ispressed each time.

2. ButtonIf there is a cd in the CDP DECK it turnsto CD mode.

3. ButtonWhen the button is pressed, itreduces the band frequency by 50kHz toautomatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.When the button is pressed, it

increases the bandfrequency by 50kHz to automaticallyselect channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

4. Button & Knob

Turns ON/OFF the set when the IGNI-TION SWITCH is on ACC or ON.If the button is turned to the right, itincreases the volume and left, decreasesthe volume.

5. PRESET ButtonsPush ~ button less than 0.8sec to play the channel saved in eachbutton.Push preset button for 0.8 sec or longerto save current channel to the respectivebutton with a beep.

6. Button(AUTO STOREButton)

When the button is pressed, it automati-cally selects and saves channels withhigh reception rate to PRESET buttons( ~ ) and plays the channelsaved in PRESET1.If no channel is saved after AST, it willplay the previous channel.

1 6

AST

61

VOLUMEPOWER

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEK

CD

FM/AM

PA_SA710PA

PA_SA710PA

PA_SA710PA


766

7. ButtonWhen the button is pressed, it scan upfrom the current broadcast that received.In case of the broadcast having morethan the certain electric field, receive theappropriate broadcast for 5 sec. The fre-quency received is flickering for 5 sec.When inputting button duringreceiving the broadcast for 5 sec, cancelthe operation of SCAN and receive thebroadcast flickering at that time.In case of no input for cancel afterinputting button, operate SCANonly 1CYCLE.

8. & KnobTurn this button clockwise by one notchto increase frequency by 50kHz from cur-rent frequency.Turn this button counterclockwise by onenotch to decrease frequency by 50kHzfrom current frequency.Turns to AUDIO CONTROL mode, andtoggles in the order of BASS➟MIDDLE➟TREBLE➟FADER➟BALANCE➟BASS··· when the button is pressed each time.

GENERAL FM 100kHz

AM 9kHz

EUROPE FM 50kHz

AM 9kHz

USA FM 200kHz

AM 10kHz

SCAN

SCAN

SCAN AUDIO CONTROLTUNE

PA_SA710PA

6 77


Using CD Player

1. Button• Push button for less than 1

sec to play from the beginning of cur-rent song.

• Push button for less than 1sec and press again within 1 sec toplay the previous song.

• In case of pushing, TRACK DOWNcontinually.

• Push button for less than 1sec to play the next song.

• In case of pushing, TRACK UP contin-ually.

2. Button (Fast Rewind)Push and hold the button, morethan 0.8sec : play the operation of REWon the current TRACK.

3. Button (Fast Forward)Push and hold the button, morethan 0.8sec : play the operation of FF onthe current TRACK.

4. Button (RANDOM)Turns ON/OFF the randomization of theplay list of files in the currently playedDISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

5. CD slotPlease face printed side upward andgently push in.When the ignition switch is on ACC orON and power is OFF, power is automat-ically turned on if the CD is loaded.This CDP support only 12cm CD. But ifVCD. Data CD are loaded, "Disc-Er"message will appear and CD will beejected.

6. CD-IN IndicatorWhen car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted.If the CD is ejected the light is turned off.

7. Button (CD Eject)Push button to eject the CD.This button is enabled when ignitionswitch is off.

8. ButtonPlay first 10 sec of each song in theDISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

SCAN

4 RDM

3 FF >

3 FF>

2 < REW

2 <REW

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

TRACK

PA_SA710PA PA_SA710PA

PA_SA710PA


786

9. Button (REPEAT)Repeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 sec.Repeats the entire DISC when the buttonis pressed for 0.8 sec or longer.

10. Knob & ButtonTurn this button clockwise to displaysongs after current song.Also, turn this button counterclockwise todisplay songs before current song.To listen to the displayed song, press thebutton to skip to the song and play.

ENTERTUNE

5 RPT

PA_SA710PA

6 79


PA_PA710PAE_RDS / PA_PA710PAG

■ CD Player :•PA710PAE(RDS) ■ CD Player : PA710PAG

❋There will be no logo if the Bluetooth® feature is not supported.


806

Using RADIO, SETUP, VOLUMEand AUDIO CONTROL

1. ButtonTurns to FM mode and toggles in theorder of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ FMA ➟ ... ➟ FM1when the button is pressed each time.

2. ButtonTurns on AM mode, and toggles in theorder of AM ➟ AMA ➟ ... ➟ AM when thebutton is pressed each time.

3. ButtonIf the SCAN button is pressed duringreceiving the broadcast for 5 sec, if can-cels SCAN operation and receives thebroadcast flickering at that time.When inputting button duringreceiving the broadcast for 5 sec cancelthe operation of SCAN and receive thebroadcast flickering at that time.In case of no input for cancel afterinputting button, operate SCANonly 1CYCLE.

4. Button (AUTO STOREButton)

When the button is pressed, it automati-cally selects and saves channels withhigh reception rate to PRESET buttons( ~ ) and plays the channelsaved in PRESET1.If no channel is saved after AST, it willplay the previous channel.

5. Screen ON/ OFF ButtonTurns on/off the displayed data and lighton LCD.When LCD display is turned OFF, pressany button to turn ON diplay.

6. ButtonIn FM, CD, AUX mode, turns on/off thereception of TA channels of RDS.

7. ButtonPress this button to enter SETUP mode,If no action is taken for 8 seconds, it willreturn to previous mode.In “SETUP” mode, rotate the knob to move the cursor between items,and push the knob to select.

• MAINSelect this item to enter the Media andScroll setup.

- MEDIASelect default display of MP3 play infor-mation. “Folder/File” or “Artist/Title” canbe selected.

- SCROLLSelect whether long file names arescrolled continuously (On) or just once(Off).

TUNE

TUNE

SETUP

TA

61

AST

SCAN

SCAN

SCAN

AM

FM

PA_PA710PAE

6 81


• SOUNDSelect this item to enter the BASS, MID-DLE, TREBLE, FADER and BALANCETUNE mode. The mode selected isshown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

- BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

- MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

- TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

- FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise toemphasize rear speaker sound (frontspeaker sound will be attenuated). Whenthe control knob is turned counterclock-wise, front speaker sound will be empha-sized (rear speaker sound will be attenu-ated).

- BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound (left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counter clockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized (rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

• P.Bass (PowerBass)This function creates virtual soundeffects and allows adjustments to theBass level. Off ➟ Low ➟ Mid ➟ High ➟ Off...❈ AM Mode is not supported.❈ CD Changer model is not supported.

• PHONE (if available)Select this item to enter BLUETOOTHsetup mode. Refer to “BLUETOOTHPHONE OPERATION” section fordetailed information.

• Clock (PA710PAG)Select this item to enter Clock setupmode. Adjust the hour and press the

button to set. Adjust the minuteand press te button to completeand exit from clock adjustment mode.Pressing the button while inpower off, screen will allow the user tomake immediately adjustments to theclock.

• RDS (PA710PAE, RDS))RDS menuancludesAF/News/REGION/TA Vol/ Time menu sequentially.

- AF (AF MENU indication is possiblewith RDS MENU)

Select this item to turn the AF (AlternateFrequency) feature ON or OFF.

- NEWS (NEWS MENU indication is pos-sible with RDS MENU)

Turns the automatic NEWS receptionfeature ON or OFF.

SETUP

ENTERENTER


826

- REGION (REGION•MENU indication ispossible with RDS MENU)

Selects whether REGION code is used(ON) or not (OFF) once the radio deter-mines the AF jump condition. If AUTO isselected, AF jump condition is deter-mined automatically via PI reception sta-tus.

- TA VOL (TA VOL•MENU•indication ispossible with RDS MENU)

Adjusts the TA (Traffic Announcement)volume level according to normal audiovolume level.

- TimeSelect this item to enter “Automatic Timesetting” mode (Auto, manual).❋ Auto is Automatic RDS Time.

• Clock (PA710PAE, RDS)Select this item to enter Clock setupmode. (12/24Hr., Auto, Time)

- 12/24 Hr.Select “12/24 Hr.” button to enter TimeFormat menu.

- TimeSelect “Time” button to enter Time set-ting.Adjust the hour and press the button to set. Adjust the minute andpress the button to completeand exit from clock adjustment mode.Pressing the button while inpower off, screen will allow the user tomake immediately adjustments to theclock.

8. Button & KnobTurns on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the knob isturned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and left, decreases the volume.

9. Button• When the button is pressed, it

reduces the band frequency by 50kHzto automatically select channel. Stopsat the previous frequency if no channelis found.

• When the button is pressed, itincreases the band frequency by50kHz to automatically select channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

10. PRESET ButtonsPush ~ buttons less than 0.8sec to play the channel saved in eachbutton.Push PRESET button for 0.8 sec orlonger to save current channel to therespective button with a beep.

61

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

SEEK

VOLPOWER

SETUP

ENTER

ENTER

PA_PA710PAE

PA_PA710PAG

6 83


11. Button• Press this button to enter Program Type

select mode.

• Press Move button or rotateknob when to search Program

Type in RDS.• Press / knob to select

Program Type, and program search willbe started from the current frequency.

12. Knob &Button

Rotate the knob clockwise or counter-clock wise to increase or decrease fromcurrent frequency.Press this knob while holdingbutton to activate/inactivate the item.Select SETUP item using left and rightfunction of the knob.

ENTERTUNE

TUNE

PTYFLDR

PTY

TUNE

SETUP

ENTERTUNE


846

Using CD Player

1. ButtonIf there is a CD in the CD DECK it switch-es to CD mode.

If there is no CD, then the message “NODISC” will become displayed on the LCDfor 3 seconds and returns to the previousmode.

2. CD eject ButtonPush button to eject the CD. This but-ton is enabled when ignition switch is off.

3. ButtonPlays first 10 sec of each song in theDISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

4. CD slotPlease face printed side upward andgently push in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP support only 12 cmCD. But if VCD, Data CD loaded,"Reading Error" message will appearand CD will be ejected.

5. CD-IN Indicator When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

6. ButtonDisplays the information of the currentCD TRACK in the order of DISC TITLE ➟DISC ARTIST ➟ TRACK TITLE ➟

TRACK ARTIST ➟ TOTAL TRACK ➟ PlayScreen ➟ DISC TITLE ➟ ···.(not dis-played if the information is not availableon the DISC.)

INFO

SCAN

CD

PA_PA710PAE

PA_PA710PAG

PA_PA710PAE

PA_PA710PAE

6 85


7. Button• Push button to play from the

beginning of current song.

• Push button and press againwithin 1 sec to play the previous song.

• In case of keep pressing, track goesdown continually.

• Push button to play the nextsong.

• In case of keep pressing, track gose upcontinually.

8. Button (Fast Forward) Push and hold the button, more than0.8sec : play the operation of FF on thecurrent TRACK.

9. Button (RANDOM)Turns on/off the randomization of theplay list of files in the currently playedDISC.To cancel the mode, press the key onceagain.

10. Button (Fast Rewind)Push and hold the button, more than0.8sec : play the operation of REW onthe current TRACK.

11. Button (REPEAT)Repeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 sec.Repeats the entire DISC when the buttonis pressed for 0.8 sec or longer.If CD has folders in it, repeat current fold-er instead of entire DISC when the buttonis pressed for more than 0.8 sec.

12. Button (FOLDER)• Moves button child folder of the

current folder and displays the firstsong in the folder. Press / knob to move to the folderdisplayed.It will play the first song in the folder.

• Moves button Parent folder anddisplays the first song in the folder.Press / knob to moveto the folder displayed. It will play thefirst song in the folder.

13. Knob &Button

Turn this knob clockwise to display songsafter current song.Also, turn this knob counterclockwise todisplay songs before current song.To listen to the displayed song, press theknob to skip to the song and play.

TUNE ENTER

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

TRACK

SEEKTRACK

1FF

1 FF

ENTERTUNE

PTYFLDR

ENTER

TUNE

PTYFLDR

FLDR

5 RPT

4REW

4 REW

2 RDM

PA_PA710PAE

PA_PA710PAG

PA_PA710PAE


866

NOTE:Order of playing files (folders) : 1. Song playing order : to

sequentially.

2. Folder playing order :❋ If no song file is contained in the

folder, that folder is not displayed.

6 87


CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use an external USB device,make sure the device is not con-nected when starting up the vehi-cle. Connect the device afterstarting up.

• If you start the engine when theUSB device is connected, it maydamage the USB device. (USBflashdrives are very sensitive toelectric shock.)

• If the engine is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take precautions for static elec-tricity when connecting or dis-connecting the external USBdevice.

(Continued)

(Continued)• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not

recognizable.• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB device isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only a USB device formattedto FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in con-tact with the human body or otherobjects.

• If you repeatedly connect or dis-connect the USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You may hear a strange noisewhen connecting or disconnect-ing a USB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you disconnect the external

USB device during playback inUSB mode, the external USBdevice can be damaged or maymalfunction. Therefore, discon-nect the external USB devicewhen the audio is turned off or inanother mode. (e.g, Radio or CD)

• Depending on the type andcapacity of the external USBdevice or the type of the filesstored in the device, there is a dif-ference in the time taken forrecognition of the device.

• Do not use the USB device forpurposes other than playingmusic files.

• Use of USB accessories such asrechargers or heaters using USBI/F may lower performance orcause trouble.

• If you use devices such as a USBhub purchased separately, thevehicle’s audio system may notrecognize the USB device. In thatcase, connect the USB devicedirectly to the multimedia termi-nal of the vehicle.

(Continued)


886

(Continued)• If the USB device is divided by

logical drives, only the music fileson the highest-priority drive arerecognized by car audio.

• Devices such as MP3 Player/Cellular phone/Digital camera canbe unrecognizable by standardUSB I/F can be unrecognizable.

• Some non-standard USB devices(METAL COVER TYPE USB) canbe unrecognizable.

• Some USB flash memory readers(such as CF, SD, microSD, etc.) orexternal-HDD type devices can beunrecognizable.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE-MENT) are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memory maybe lost while using this audio.Always back up important data ona personal storage device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plugtype connector products asshown below.

6 89


Using USB device

1. Button (USB or AUX)If the auxiliary device is connected, itswitches to AUX or USB mode to play thesound from the auxiliary player. If there is no auxiliary device, then themessage “No Media” will become dis-played on the LCD for 3 seconds andreturns to previous mode.

2. ButtonPlays each song in the USB device for 10seconds. To cancel SCAN Play, pressthis button again.

3. ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of FILE NAME ➟ TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟

ALBUM ➟ FOLDER ➟ TOTAL FILE ➟

NORMAL DISPLAY ➟ FILE NAME…(Displays no information if the file has nosong information.)

4. Button• Press the button for less than

0.8 seconds to play from the beginningof the current song. Press the button for less than 0.8 seconds and press it again within 1 sec-ond to move to and play the previoussong.

• Press the button for less than0.8 seconds to move to the next song.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

TRACKINFO

SCAN

AUX

PA_PA710PAE

PA_PA710PAG

PA_PA710PAEPA_PA710PAE

PA_PA710PAG


906

5. Button (Fast Forward)Push and hold the button, more than0.8sec : play the operation of FF on thecurrent TRACK.

6. Button (RANDOM)• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

onds to play songs randomly in currentfolder.

• Press this button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play songs randomly in entireUSB device.

• To cancel RANDOM play, press thisbutton again.

7. Button (Fast Rewind)Push and hold the button, more than0.8sec : play theoperation of REW on the current TRACK.

8. Button (REPEAT)• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

onds to repeat current song.• Press this button for 0.8 seconds or

longer to repeat all songs in currentfolder.

• To cancel REPEAT, press this buttonagain.

9. Button (FOLDER)• Press button to move to child

folder of the current folder and displaythe first song in the folder.Press knob to move to thefolder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Press button to move to parentfolder display the first song in the fold-er. Press knob to move to thefolder displayed.

10. Knob & Button

Turn this knob clockwise to browsesongs after current song, or counterclockwise to browse songs before cur-rent song. To play the displayed song,press the knob.

ENTERTUNE

TUNE

PTYFLDR

TUNE

PTYFLDR

FLDR

5 RPT

4REW

4 REW

2 RDM

1FF

1 FF

PA_PA710PAE

PA_PA710PAG

6 91


✽ NOTICE FOR USING THEiPod DEVICE

• Some iPod models might not supportthe communication protocol and thefiles will not be played. Supported iPod models: - iPod Mini- iPod 4th (Photo) ~ 6th (Classic) gen-eration- iPod Nano 1st~4th generation- iPod Touch 1st~2nd generation

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in the audiosystem.

• If the iPod disabled due to its ownmalfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:Refer to iPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate normally onlow battery.

• Some iPod devices, such as theiPhone, can be connected through theBluetooth® interface. The devicemust have audio Bluetooth® capabili-ty (such as for stereo headphoneBluetooth®). The device can play, butit will not be controlled by the audiosystem.

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connect-

ed, the system can be switched toAUX mode even without iPoddevice and may cause noise.Disconnect the iPod cable whenyou are not using the iPod device.

• When not using iPod with caraudio, detach the iPod cable fromiPod. Otherwise, iPod may remainin accessory mode, and may notwork properly.

CAUTION IN USING THEiPod DEVICE

• The Hyundai iPod Power Cable isneeded in order to operate iPodwith the audio buttons on theaudio system. The USB cable pro-vided by Apple may cause mal-function and should not be usedfor Hyundai vehicles.❋ The Hyundai iPod Power Cable

may be purchased throughyour Hyundai Dealership.

• When connecting iPod with theiPod Power Cable, insert the con-nector to the multimedia socketcompletely. If not inserted com-pletely, communications betweeniPod and audio may be interrupt-ed.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof the iPod and the audio system,the sound effects of both deviceswill overlap and might reduce ordistort the quality of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of an iPod when adjust-ing the audio system’s volume,and turn off the equalizer of theaudio system when using theequalizer of an iPod.

(Continued)


926

Using iPod

1. Button (iPod)If iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the previous mode toplay the song files stored in the iPod.If there is no iPod connected, then it dis-plays the message "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

2. ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMALDISPLAY ➟ TITLE... (Displays no infor-mation if the file has no song informa-tion.)

3. Button• Press the button for less than

0.8 seconds to play from the beginningof the song currently played. Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-onds and press it again within 1 sec-ond to move to and play the previoustrack. Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the button button for lessthan 0.8 seconds to move to the nexttrack.Press the button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

4. Button (Fast Forward)Push and hold the button, more than0.8sec : play the operation of FF on thecurrent TRACK.

5. Button (RANDOM)• Press this button for less than 0.8 sec-

onds to shuffle order of all songs incurrent category. (Song Random)

• Press this button for 0.8 seconds orlonger to shuffle order of albums in cur-rent category. (Album Random)

• To cancel RANDOM Play, press thisbutton again.

6. Button (Fast Rewind)Push and hold the button, more than0.8sec : play the operation of REW onthe current TRACK.

4REW

4 REW

2 RDM

1FF

1 FF

SEEKTRACK

SEEKTRACK

TRACK

INFOAUX

PA_PA710PAEPA_PA710PAG

PA_PA710PAE

6 93


7. Button (REPEAT)Repeats the song currently played.

8. Button (CATEGORY)Moves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod. To move to (play) the category (song)displayed, press knob.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The standard order of iPod’s category isSONGS ➟ ALBUMS ➟ ARTISTS ➟ GEN-RES ➟ iPod

9. Knob & ButtonWhen you rotate the knob clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) aheadof the song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you rotate the knob counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).To listen to the song displayed in thesong category, press the button to skip toand play the selected song.

5 RPT

ENTERTUNE

TUNE

FLDR

PA_PA710PAE

PA_PA710PAG

PA_PA710PAE

PA_PA710PAG


946

CAUTION IN USINGBLUETOOTH® CELLULARPHONE

• Do not use a cellular phone orperform Bluetooth® settings (e.g.pairing a phone) while driving.

• Some Bluetooth®-enabled phonesmay not be recognized by thesystem or fully compatible withthe system.

• Before using Bluetooth® relatedfeatures of the audio system,refer your phone’s User’s Manualfor phone-side Bluetooth® opera-tions.

• The phone must be paired to theaudio system to use Bluetooth®

related features.• You will not be able to use the

hands-free feature when yourphone (in the car) is outside ofthe cellular service area (e.g. in atunnel, in a underground, in amountainous area, etc.).

• If the cellular phone signal is pooror the vehicles interior noise istoo loud, it may be difficult to hearthe other person’s voice during acall.

(Continued)

(continued)• Do not place the phone near or

inside metallic objects, otherwise communications with Bluetooth®

system or cellular service sta-tions can be disturbed.

• While a phone is connectedthrough Bluetooth® your phonemay discharge quicker than usualfor additional Bluetooth®-relatedoperations.

• Some cellular phones or otherdevices may cause interferencenoise or malfunction to audiosystem. In this case, storing thedevice in a different location mayresolve the situation.

6 95


BLUETOOTH® PHONE OPERA-TION (if equipped)

1. button : Raises or lowersspeaker volume.

2. button : Places and transferscalls.

3. button : Ends calls or cancelsfunctions.

4. button : Activates voice recog-nition.

■ What is Bluetooth®?Bluetooth® is a wireless technology thatallows multiple devices to be connectedin a short range, low-powered deviceslike hands-free, stereo headset, steeringremote control, etc. For more informa-tion, visit the Bluetooth® website atwww.Bluetooth.com

■ General Features• This audio system supports Bluetooth®

hands-free and stereo-headset fea-tures.- HANDS-FREE feature: Making or

receiving calls wirelessly throughvoice recognition.

- STEREO-HEADSET feature: Playingmusic from cellular phones (that sup-ports A2DP feature) wirelessly.

• Voice recognition engine of theBluetooth® system supports 10 types oflanguages:

FRENCHGERMANUK ENGLISHSPANISHDUTCHITALIANDANISHRUSSIAN

POLISHSWEDISH

✽ NOTICE• The phone must be paired to the sys-

tem before using Bluetooth® features.• Only one selected (linked) cellular

phone can be used with the system ata time.

• Some phones are not fully compatiblewith this system.

• The Bluetooth® word mark and logosare registered trademarks owned byBluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by Hyundai is underlicense. A Bluetooth enabled cellphone is required to use Bluetooth®wireless technology.

TALK

END

CALL

VOLUME

123

4


966

■ Bluetooth® Language SettingThe system language can be changed bythe following steps:1. Power on the audio system with the

volume set to an audible level.2. Press and hold button on the

steering wheel until the audio displays“Please Wait”.

- The Bluetooth® system will reply incurrently selected language that it ischanging to the next language.

- System language cycles betweenFRENCH/GERMAN/UK ENGLISHSPANISH/DUTCH/ITALIAN/DANISH/RUSSIAN/POLISH/SWEDISH.

3. When completed, the audio displayreturns to normal.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the next lan-guage selection.

NOTE:The phone needs to be paired againafter changing system language.- Avoid resting your thumb or finger

on the button as the languagecould unintentionally change.

■ Voice Recognition Activation• The voice recognition engine contained

in the Bluetooth® System can be acti-vated in the following conditions: - Button Activation

The voice recognition system will beactive when the button is pressedand after the sound of a Beep.

- Active ListeningThe voice recognition system will beactive for a period of time when theVoice Recognition system has askedfor a customer response.

• The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine while number greaterthan ten will not be recognized.

• If the command is not recognized, thesystem will announce "Pardon" or Noinput voice signal from microphone. (Noresponse)

• The system shall cancel voice recogni-tion mode in following cases : Whenpressing the button and sayingcancel following the beep. When notmaking a call and pressing thebutton. When voice recognition hasfailed 3 consecutive times.

• At any time if you say “help”, the systemwill announce what commands areavailable.

■ Menu treeThe menu tree identifies available voicerecognition Bluetooth® functions.

Pair phone

Select phone

Change priority

Delete phone

Bluetooth off

Setup

Add entryPhonebook

Change

Delete name

By Phone

By voice

Call By name

By number

6 97


■ Voice Operation TipTo get the best performance out of theVoice Recognition System, observe thefollowings:- Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet

as possible. Close the window to elimi-nate surrounding noise (traffic noise,vibration sounds, etc), which may dis-turb recognizing the voice commandcorrectly.

- Speak a command after a beep soundwithin 5 seconds. Otherwise the com-mand will not be received properly.

- Speak in a natural voice without paus-ing between words.

■ Information Display<Active Call>

<Voice Recognism>

The Bluetooth® icon appears on theupper side of audio display when aphone is connected.

■ Phone SetupAll Bluetooth®-related operations can beperformed by voice command or by man-ual operation.

- By Voice Command:Press button on the steering wheel to activate voice recognition.

- By Manual Operation:1) Push the “SETUP” button to enter

SETUP mode.

2) Select “PHONE” item by rotating theTUNE knob, then push the knob.

3) Select desired item by rotating theTUNE knob, then push the knob.


986

• Pairing phoneBefore using Bluetooth® features, thephone must be paired (registered) to theaudio system. Up to 5 phones can bepaired with the system.

NOTE: The pairing procedure of the phonevaries according to each phonemodel. Before attempting to pairphone, please see your phone’sUser’s Guide for instructions.

NOTE:Once pairing with the phone is com-pleted, there is no need to pair withthat phone again unless the phone isdeleted manually from the audio sys-tem (refer “Deleting Phone” section)or the vehicle’s information isremoved from the phone.

1. Press button.2. Say “Set Up”.

- The system replies with availablecommands.

- To skip the information message,press again and then a beep isheard.

3. Say “Pair Phone”4. Proceed at next step.5. Say the name of your phone when

prompted.- Use any name to uniquely describe

your phone.- Use Full name to voice tag.- Not use to short name or similar to

voice command.6. Bluetooth® system will repeat the

name you stated.7. Say “Yes” to confirm.8. The audio displays “searching ----

passkey: 0000” and asks you to initiatepairing procedure from the phone.

9. Search the Bluetooth® system on yourphone .Your phone should display your[vehicle model name] on theBluetooth® device list. Then attemptpairing on your phone.

10. After Pairing is completed, yourphone will start to transferphone/contact list to the audio sys-tem.- This process may take from a few

minutes to over 10 minutes depend-ing on the phone model and numberof entries in the phone/contact list.

11. By manual operation:- Select “PAIR” in PHONE menu, then

proceed from step 5.

NOTE:• Until the audio displays “Transfer

Complete”, Bluetooth® hands-freefeature may not be fully operational.

• Depending on the phone make andmodel, the phone book contact listmat not transfer to the audio system.

6 99


NOTE: If the phone is paired to two or morevehicles of the same model, i.e. bothvehicles are HYUNDAI SPORTAGE,some phones may not handleBluetooth® devices of that name cor-rectly. In this case, you may need tochange the name displayed on yourphone from Sportage to Sportage1and Sportage2. Refer to your phone’s User’s Guide, orcontact your cellular carrier or phonemanufacturer for instructions.

• Connecting phoneWhen the Bluetooth® system is enabled,the phone previously used is automati-cally selected and re-connected. If youwant to select different phone previouslypaired, the phone can be selectedthrough “Select Phone” menu.Only a selected phone can be used withthe hands-free system at a time.

1. Press button.2. Say “Set Up”.3. Say “Select Phone” after prompt

- The system lists all the registeredphone names.

4. Say the name or number of desiredphone from the list.

5. Say “Yes” to confirm.6. By manual operation:

- Select “SELECT” in PHONE menu,then select desired phone from thelist.

• Deleting PhoneThe paired phone can be deleted.- When the phone is deleted, all the infor-

mation associated with that phone isalso deleted (including phonebook).

- If you want to use the deleted phonewith the audio system again, pairingprocedure must be completed oncemore.

1.Press button.2.Say “Set Up”.3.Say “Delete Phone” after prompt.


4.Say the name or number of desiredphone from the list.

5.Say “Yes” to confirm.6.By manual operation:

- Select “DELETE” in PHONE menu,then select desired phone from thelist.


1006

• Changing PriorityWhen several phones are paired to theaudio system, the system attempts toconnect following order when theBluetooth® is enabled:1) “Priority” checked phone.2) Previously connected phone3) Gives up auto connection.

1. Press button.2. Say “Set Up”.3. Say “Change Priority” after prompt.


4. Say the name or number of desiredphone from the list.

5. Say “Yes” to confirm.6. By manual operation:

- Select “PRIORITY” in PHONE menu,then select desired phone from thelist.

• BT SETUP1. Adjusting Bluetooth • language

Select “BT Voice Recognition lan-guage” in PHONE menu, adjust lan-guage to desired language by turningthe TUNE knob, then press the knobagain to confirm.- Supported Languages: FRENCH/

GERMAN/ UK ENGLISHSPANISH/DUTCH/ ITALIAN/ DANISH/RUSSIAN/ POLISH/ SWEDISH.

NOTE:The Phone need to be paired againafter changing system language.• Avoid resting your thumb or finger

on the talk button as the languagecould unintentionally change.

• Turning Bluetooth® ON/OFFBluetooth® system can be enabled (ON)or disabled (OFF) by this menu.- If Bluetooth® is disabled, all the com-

mands related to Bluetooth® systemprompts whether you wish to turnBluetooth® ON or not.1. Press button.2. Say “Set Up”3. Say “Bluetooth Off” after prompt.4. Say “Yes” to confirm.5. By manual operation:- Select “BT Off” in PHONE menu,

then after announcement, say “YES”to confirm.

6 101


■ Phone Book (In-Vehicle)• Adding EntryPhone numbers and voice tags can beregistered. Entries registered in thephone can also be transferred.

• Adding Entry by Voice1. Press button.2. Say "Phonebook".

- The system replies with all availablecommands.

- To skip the information message,press again and then a beep isheard.

3. Say “Add Entry”.4. Say “By Voice” to proceed.5. Say the name of the entry when

prompted.6. Say “Yes” to confirm.7. Say the phone number of that entry

when prompted.8. Say “Store” if phone number input is

finished.9. Say a phone number type. “Home”,

“Work”, “Mobile”, “Other” or “Default” isavailable.

10. Say “Yes” to complete adding entry.11. Say “Yes” to store additional location

for this contact, or say “Cancel” to fin-ish the process.

✽ NOTICE- The system can recognize single digits

from zero to nine. Numbers that areten or greater cannot be recognized.

- You can enter each digit individuallyor group digits together in preferredstring lengths.

- To speed up input, it is a good idea togroup all digits into a continuousstring.

- Recommend to enter the numbersconstituted an grouping within alldigit numbers to dial 995 / 734 / 0000

- The display corresponding to eachoperation appears on the screen as fol-lows:Input operation example:1. Say: “Nine, nine, five”

➟ Display: “995”2. And say: “Seven, three, four”

➟ Display: “995734”

• Adding Entry by Phone1. Press button.2. Say “Phonebook”.3. Say “Add Entry” after prompt.4. Say “By Phone” to proceed.5. Say “Yes” to confirm.6. Your phone will start to transfer

phone/contact list to the audio system.This process may take over 10 minutesdepending on the phone model andnumber of entries

7. Wait till the audio displays “TransferComplete” message.

• Changing NameThe registered names can be modified.

1.Press button.2.Say “Phonebook”.3.Say “Change Name” after prompt.4.Say the name of the entry (voice tag).5.Say “Yes” to confirm.6.Say new desired name.


1026

• Deleting NameThe registered names can be deleted.1.Press button.2.Say “Phonebook”.3.Say “Delete Name” after prompt.4.Say the name of the entry (voice tag).5.Say “Yes” to confirm.

■ Making a Phone Call• Calling by NameA phone call can be made by speakingnames registered in the audio system.

1. Press button.2. Say “Call”.3. Say “Name” when prompted.4. Say desired name (voice tag).5. Say desired location (phone number

type). Only stored locations can beselected.

6. Say “Yes” to confirm and make a call.

✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:1. Say “Call Name”2. Say “Call <john>”3. Say “Call <john> at <home>”

• Dialing by NumberA phone call can be made by dialing thespoken numbers. The system can recog-nize single digits from zero to nine.

1.Press button.2.Say “Call”.3.Say “Number” when prompted.4.Say desired phone numbers.5.Say “Dial” to complete the number and

make a call.

✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:1. Say “Dial Number”2. Say “Dial <digit>”

■ Receiving a Phone CallWhen receiving a phone call, a ringtoneis audible from speakers and the audiosystem changes into telephone mode.When receiving a phone call, “Incomingcall” message and incoming phone num-ber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Answer a Call:- Press button on the steering

wheel.• To Reject a Call:- Press button on the steeringwheel.• To Adjust Ring Volume:- Use VOLUME buttons on the steering

wheel.• To Transfer a Call to the Phone (Secret

Call):- Press button on the steering

wheel until the audio system transfers acall to the phone.

6 103


■ Talking on the PhoneWhen talking on the phone, “Active Call”message and the other party’s phonenumber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Mute the Microphone- Press button on the steering

wheel.• To Finish a Call- Press button on the steering

wheel.

✽ NOTICEIn the following situations, you or theother party may have difficulty hearingeach other:1. Speaking at the same time, your voice

may not reach each other parties.(This is not a malfunction.) Speakalternately with the other party on thephone.

2. Keep the Bluetooth® volume to a lowlevel. High-level volume may result indistortion and echo.

3. When driving on a rough road.4. When driving at high speeds.5. When the window is open.6. When the air conditioning vents are

facing the microphone.7. When the sound of the air condition-

ing fan is loud.

■ Bluetooth® Audio MusicStreaming

The audio system supports Bluetooth®

A2DP (Audio Advanced DistributionProfile) and AVRCP (Audio VideoRemote Control Profile) technologies.Both profiles provide steaming of musicvia compatible “PAIRED” Bluetooth®

Cellular phone. To stream music from the Bluetooth® cel-lular phone, play your music files on yourcellular phone according to your cellularphone user’s manual and press the

button on the audio system until“MP3 play” is displayed on the LCD.The audio system head unit displays‘MP3 MODE’.

CD/AUX

MUTE


1046

NOTE:• In addition to streaming MP3 files,

all music and sound files your cellu-lar phone supports can be played bythe audio system.

• Bluetooth® compatible cellularphones must include A2DP andAVRCP capabilities.

• Some A2DP and AVRCP compatibleBluetooth® cellular phones may notplay music through the audio sys-tem initially. These cellular phonesmay need to have the Bluetooth®

streaming enabled, for example; i.e : Menu➟Filemanager➟Music➟

Option➟Play via Bluetooth • Please refer to User’s Guide for your

cellular phone for more information.To cancel Bluetooth® cellular phonemusic streaming, stop music play-back on the cellular phone orchange the audio mode to AM/FM,CD, iPod, ect.

6 105


■ Key matrix

No.

Class

Paired H/PEmpty

Disconnected

1

SHORT

LONG

SHORT

SHORT

LONG[10sec]

LONG[10sec]

Normal mode BT SETUP menuIncoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call

Not Paired Not Connecting - - Accept Call

Connected

-2nd call

1st Call:waiting2nd Call:active

2nd Call2nd Call:waiting1st Call:active

KEY

- - - - - - Transfer call:secret call

End CallVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelReject Call End Call End Call

-

Active

Changelanguage

-

Active

SpeakerAdaptation

(Only English)

Changelanguage

Active

Changelanguage

Active

-Speaker

Adaptation(Only English)

Changelanguage

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- -

2

3

Before driving ....................................................... 7-3Key positions ......................................................... 7-4Starting the engine ................................................ 7-5Manual transaxle .................................................. 7-6Automatic transaxle ............................................. 7-9Brake system ....................................................... 7-14Economical operation ......................................... 7-21Special driving conditions .................................. 7-23Winter driving ..................................................... 7-27Vehicle weight ..................................................... 7-30

7Driving your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

27

E010000AEN

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

7 3


E020100AUN

Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

E020200AUN

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided in sec-tion 7, “Maintenance”.

E020300BUN

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls

are easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle ismoving. Refer to “Seat belts” insection 3 for more information ontheir proper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before puttinga car into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgment. Drivingwhile under the influence of drugsis as dangerous or more dangerousthan driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror make arrangements for a taxi.

WARNINGWhen you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be care-ful not to rev the engine excessive-ly. It may overheat the engine orexhaust system and cause fire.

Ignition switch positionE030201AUN

LOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

E030202BUN

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

E030203AUN

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

E030204AUN

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the STARTposition to start the engine. The enginewill crank until you release the key; thenit returns to the ON position. The brakewarning lamp can be checked in thisposition.

E030205APA

KEY POSITIONS

OPA057001 WARNING - Ignitionswitch

• Never turn the ignition switch toLOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lockis not a substitute for the parkingbrake. Before leaving the driver'sseat, always make sure the shiftlever is engaged in 1st gear formanual transaxle ,or P (Park) forautomatic transaxle, lock on theparking brake fully and shut off theengine. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement may occur ifthese precautions are not taken.

(Continued)

7 4


E040000AUN-EU

E040100AUN

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position. Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

(Continued)• Never reach for the ignition switch,

or any other controls through thesteering wheel while the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.

STARTING THE ENGINE

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.


57

E050000AUN

E050100BPA

Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 5 forwardgears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, then release it slowly.The gearshift lever must be returned tothe neutral position before shifting into R(Reverse). The ring (1) located immediately belowthe shift knob must be pulled upwardwhile moving the shift lever to the R posi-tion. (Type B)Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

The shift lever can be moved without pullingthe ring (1).The ring (1) must be pulled up while movingthe shift lever.

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the gear shift leversideways in such a manner thatsecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine damage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine.

OPA057008

OPA057002

Type A

Type B

7 6


• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R(Reverse),put the shift lever in N(Neutral) positionand release the clutch. Press theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R(Reverse) gear position.

E050101AUN

Using the clutchThe clutch should be pressed all the wayto the floor before shifting, then releasedslowly. The clutch pedal should alwaysbe fully released while driving. Do notrest your foot on the clutch pedal whiledriving. This can cause unnecessarywear. Do not partially engage the clutchto hold the car on an incline. This causesunnecessary wear. Use the foot brake orparking brake to hold the car on anincline. Do not operate the clutch pedalrapidly and repeatedly.

CAUTION• To avoid premature clutch wear

and damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, don’t use the clutchto hold the vehicle stopped on anuphill grade, while waiting for atraffic light, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver's seat,

always lock on the parking brakefully and shut off the engine.Then make sure the transaxle isshifted into 1st gear when thevehicle is parked on a level oruphill grade, and shifted into R(Reverse) on a downhill grade.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement can occur if these pre-cautions are not followed in theorder identified.

• If your vehicle has a manualtransaxle not equipped with aignition lock switch, it may moveand cause a serious accidentwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal whilethe parking brake is released andthe shift lever not in the N(Neutral) position.


77

E050102AUN

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or while driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labor.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you again need to increase yourspeed. When the vehicle is travelingdown steep hills, downshifting helpsmaintain safe speed and prolongs brakelife.

E050200AUN

Good driving practices• Never take the car out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the car ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. When you do this, engine brak-ing will help slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your car.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into reverse.The transaxle can be damaged if youdo not. To shift into reverse, depressthe clutch, move the shift lever to neu-tral, wait 3 seconds, then shift to thereverse position.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to lose control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steersharply. Instead, slow downbefore pulling back into the trav-el lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

7 8


E060000APA

E060100APA

Automatic transaxle operationThe automatic transaxle has 4 forwardspeeds and one reverse speed. The indi-vidual speeds are selected automatical-ly, depending on the position of the shiftlever.To move the shift lever from the P (Park)position, the brake pedal must bedepressed and the lock release buttonmust be depressed.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

OPA057010R

The shift lever can be moved without depressing the lock release button.

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.

Lock release button Prevents shift lever movementwithout first depressing the button.

O/D button


97

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

E060101APA

Transaxle rangesP (Park)Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a car into D (Drive) or R(Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver's seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position, lock onthe parking brake fully and shutoff the engine. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions are notfollowed in the order identified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an incline, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the serv-ice brake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand lock on the parking brakefully.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

7 10


R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 4-gear sequence, providingthe best fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

2 (Second Gear)Use 2 (Second Gear) for more powerwhen climbing hills and for increasedbraking when going down hills. This posi-tion also helps reduce wheel spin on slip-pery surfaces. When the shift lever isplaced in 2 (Second Gear), the transaxlewill automatically shift from first to sec-ond gear.

L (Low)Move the shift lever to this position inhard pulling situations and for climbingsteep grades.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R whilethe vehicle is in motion, exceptwhen “Rocking the vehicle”explained in this section.

CAUTIONDo not exceed the recommendedmaximum speed in 2 (Second Gear)or L (Low). Operating the vehicleabove the maximum speed recom-mended for 2 (Second Gear) or L(Low) may cause excessive heatwhich could damage the automatictransaxle.


117

E060104APA

O/D (Over Drive) system Pressing the O/D system button cancelsand engages the overdrive system.When the O/D system is cancelled, theO/D OFF indicator illuminates and thetransaxle gear range is limited to 1stthrough 3rd. The transaxle will not shift to4th gear until the O/D system button ispressed again to release the switch.When driving down a sloping road withthe transaxle in O/D (4th), you candecrease the vehicle speed withoutusing the brakes by pressing the O/Dbutton.When the ignition is switched OFF, O/DOFF mode is automatically cancelled.

O/D OFF Indicator This indicator light illumi-nates in the instrument panelwhen the O/D mode is can-celled.

E060200AEN

Good driving practices• Never move the gear shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the gear shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into R(Reverse).

• Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leavethe car in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

OPA057009R

O/DOFF

7 12


• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the car from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to lose control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

E060203AUN

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and back-ward. Do not attempt this proce-dure if people or objects are any-where near the vehicle. During therocking operation the vehicle maysuddenly move forward or back-ward as it becomes unstuck, caus-ing injury or damage to nearby peo-ple or objects.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steersharply. Instead, slow downbefore pulling back into the trav-el lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-


137

BRAKE SYSTEM E070100AUN

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance,however, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted. Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

E070101AUN

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormally high braketemperatures, excessive brakelining and pad wear andincreased stopping distances.

• When descending a long or steephill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to sefely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

7 14


E070102APA

Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has front (and/or rear (ifequipped)) disc brakes.When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes. You may hear thissound come and go or it may occurwhenever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

E070106APA

Rear drum brakes (if equipped)Your rear drum brakes do not have wearindicators. Therefore, have the rearbrake linings inspected if you hear a rearbrake rubbing noise. Also have your rearbrakes inspected each time you changeor rotate your tires and when you havethe front brakes replaced.

Parking brake E070201APA

Applying the parking brakeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then without pressingthe release button in, pull the parkingbrake lever up as far as possible. In addi-tion it is recommended that when parkingthe vehicle on a gradient, the shift levershould be positioned in the appropriatelow gear on manual transaxle vehicles orin the P (Park) position on automatictransaxle vehicles.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace brake pads ascomplete front or rear axle sets.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad (or lining) and brake rotor wear.

OPA057005R


157

E070202APA

Releasing the parking brakeTo release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull the parking brakelever slightly. Secondly, depress therelease button and lower the parkingbrake lever while holding the button.

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminated whenthe parking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains on afterthe parking brake is released, there maybe a malfunction in the brake system.Immediate attention is necessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Engage the park-ing brake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in 1st (First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transaxleequipped vehicles and in P (Park)for automatic transaxle equippedvehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the car whichcan injure occupants or pedestri-ans.

OPA057006R W-75

7 16


E070300APA

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)(if equipped)

The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensa-tion in the brake pedal. This is normaland it means your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-trol the force being delivered to thebrakes.

WARNINGABS will not prevent accidents dueto improper or dangerous drivingmanoeuvres. Even though vehiclecontrol is improved during emer-gency braking, always maintain asafe distance between you andobjects ahead. Vehicle speedsshould always be reduced inextreme road conditions.The braking distance for carsequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (or Electronic StabilityProgram System) may be longerthan for those without it in the fol-lowing road conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• With tire chains installed.

(Continued)

(Continued)• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

The safety features of an ABSequipped vehicle should not betested by high speed driving or cor-nering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.


177

✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icyroad, and have to operate yourbrakes continuously, the ABS willbe active continuously and theABS warning light may illuminate.Pull your car over to a safe placeand stop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

7 18


7 19


E070600APA

Good braking practices• Check to be sure the parking brake is

not engaged and that the parkingbrake indicator light is out before driv-ing away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the car is washed. Wet brakescan be dangerous! Your car will notstop as quickly if the brakes are wet.Wet brakes may cause the car to pullto one side. To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the carunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

• Don't coast down hills with the car outof gear. This is extremely hazardous.Keep the car in gear at all times, usethe brakes to slow down, then shift to alower gear so that engine braking willhelp you maintain a safe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because thebrakes might overheat and lose theireffectiveness. It also increases thewear of the brake components.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thecar pointed straight ahead while youslow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

WARNING• Whenever you leave or park your

vehicle, always engage the park-ing brake as far as possible andfully engage the vehicle'stransaxle into the park position. Ifthe parking brake is not fullyengaged, the vehicle may moveinadvertently and injure yourselfand others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the car whichcan injure occupants or pedestri-ans.


207

• If your car is equipped with an auto-matic transaxle, don't let your carcreep forward. To avoid creeping for-ward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the car is stopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the gear selector lever in P(automatic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle). Ifyour car is facing downhill, turn thefront wheels into the curb to help keepthe car from rolling. If your car is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the car fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe car from rolling, block the wheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk thatthe parking brake may freeze, apply itonly temporarily while you put the gearselector lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the car cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on an inclinewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.

7 21


E100000APA

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manykilometers you can get from a liter of fuel.To operate your vehicle as economicallyas possible, use the following drivingsuggestions to help save money in bothfuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to the traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily. Avoidheavy traffic whenever possible.Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unnec-essary braking. This also reducesbrake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your car uses.Driving at a moderate speed, especial-ly on the highway, is one of the mosteffective ways to reduce fuel consump-tion.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This canincrease fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components.In addition, driving with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal may cause thebrakes to overheat, which reducestheir effectiveness and may lead tomore serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your car in good condition. Forbetter fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your carin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in section 7. If you drive yourcar in severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see section 7for details).

• Keep your car clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the car. This extraweight can result in increased fuel con-sumption and also contribute to corro-sion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your car. Weight reduces fueleconomy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION


227

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in a veryhigh gear resulting in engine bucking.If this happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can beavoided by shifting at the recommend-ed speeds.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer perform scheduledinspections and maintenance.

WARNING - Engine offduring motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.

7 23


E110100APA

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.

• When braking with non-ABS brakespump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, orother non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction when stalledin ice, snow, or mud.

E110200AEN

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to freeit from snow, sand, or mud, first turn thesteering wheel right and left to clear thearea around your front wheels. Then, shiftback and forth between R (Reverse) andany forward gear in vehicles equippedwith an automatic transaxle. Do not racethe engine, and spin the wheels as littleas possible. If you are still stuck after sev-eral attempts, have the vehicle pulled outby a tow vehicle to avoid engine over-heating and possible damage to thetransaxle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

1VQA3002

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transaxledamage or failure, and tire damage.


247

✽ NOTICEThe ESP system (if equipped) should beturned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. E110300AUN

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

E110400AUN

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 56 km/h (35mph). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

OUN056051R OCM053010

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and back-ward. Do not attempt this proce-dure if people or objects are any-where near the vehicle. During therocking operation the vehicle maysuddenly move forward of back-ward as it becomes unstuck, caus-ing injury or damage to nearby peo-ple or objects.

7 25


• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blind, and it will take sever-al seconds for your eyes to readjust tothe darkness.

E110500AUN

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the reduced traction. Here area few things to consider when driving inthe rain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

E110600AUN

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

RVQA3003


267

E110700APA

Highway drivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oilHigh speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt may over-heat the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to “Tiresand wheels” in section 9.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourcar. For further information andtread limits, refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 7.

RVQA1004

7 27


E120000APA

Severe weather conditions of winterresult in greater wear and other prob-lems. To minimize the problems of winterdriving, you should follow these sugges-tions:

E120100APA

Snowy or icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, itmay be necessary to use snow tires or toinstall tire chains on your tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli-cations, and sharp turns are potentiallyvery hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids. You need to keep sufficient dis-tance between the vehicle in operation infront and your vehicle. Also, apply thebrake gently. It should be noted thatinstalling tire chains on the tire will pro-vide greater driving force, but will not pre-vent side skids.

✽ NOTICEThe laws regarding use of tyre chainsdiffer from state to state. Please consultyour local authorities before fitting tyrechains.

E120200AUN

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high quali-ty ethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant testedto assure that its freezing point is suffi-cient for the temperatures anticipatedduring the winter.

E120300AEN

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section 7.The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer or a service station.

WINTER DRIVING

1VQA3005


287

E120400AEN

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 9for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

E120500AUN

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystem (for gasoline engine)Inspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

E120600AUN

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able tothaw it out by using a heated key. Handlethe heated key with care to avoid injury.

E120700AEN

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and most auto parts outlets. Donot use engine coolant or other types ofanti-freeze as these may damage thepaint finish.

E120800AUN

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk the park-ing brake may freeze, apply it only tem-porarily while you put the gear selectorlever in P (automatic transaxle) or in firstor reverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the car cannotroll. Then release the parking brake.

E120900AUN

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the car to be sure the move-ment of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.

7 29


E121000AUN

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er where you drive your car, you shouldcarry appropriate emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want to carryinclude tire chains, tow straps or chains,flashlight, emergency flares, sand, ashovel, jumper cables, a windowscraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls,a blanket, etc.

E160000AUN

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight withinits design rating capability, with or with-out a trailer. Properly loading your vehi-cle will provide maximum return of thevehicle design performance. Beforeloading your vehicle, familiarize yourselfwith the following terms for determiningyour vehicle's weight ratings, with orwithout a trailer, from the vehicle's spec-ifications and the certification label:

E160100AUN

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

E160200AUN

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

E160300AUN

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

E160400AUN

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

E160500AUN

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe certification label. The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

E160600AUN

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

E160700AUN

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’s (orfront passenger’s) door sill.

E160800AUN

Overloading

VEHICLE WEIGHT

WARNING - Vehicle weightThe gross axle weight rating(GAWR) and the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR) for your vehi-cle are on the certification labelattached to the driver's (or frontpassenger’s) door. Exceedingthese ratings can cause an acci-dent or vehicle damage. You cancalculate the weight of your load byweighing the items (and people)before putting them in the vehicle.Be careful not to overload yourvehicle.

7 30


Road warning ........................................................ 8-2In case of an emergency while driving ............... 8-2If the engine will not start .................................... 8-3Emergency starting .............................................. 8-4If the engine overheats ......................................... 8-6If you have a flat tire ............................................ 8-7Towing .................................................................. 8-13Emergency commodity ....................................... 8-15

8What to do in an emergency

What to do in an emergency

28

ROAD WARNING

F010100AUN

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

F020100AUN

If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossing• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or

crossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push thevehicle to a safe place.

• If your vehicle has a manual transaxlenot equipped with a ignition lockswitch, the vehicle can move forwardby shifting to the 2(second) or 3(third)gear and then turning the starter with-out depressing the clutch pedal.

F020200AUN

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the car slow down while drivingstraight ahead. Do not apply the brakesimmediately or attempt to pull off theroad as this may cause a loss of con-trol. When the car has slowed to sucha speed that it is safe to do so, brakecarefully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible and park onfirm, level ground. If you are on a divid-ed highway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OPA047059

OPA047104

Type A

Type B

8 3


2.When the car is stopped, turn on youremergency hazard flashers, set theparking brake and put the transaxle inP (automatic transaxle) or Reverse(manual transaxle).

3.Have all passengers get out of the car.Be sure they all get out on the side ofthe car that is away from traffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

F020300APA

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

F030100AUN

If engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your car has an automatic transaxle,

be sure the gear selector lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

F030200APA

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK

position, check all connectors at theignition coils and spark plugs.Reconnect any that may be discon-nected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine does not start, do notpush or pull the car to start it. Thiscould result in a collision or causeother damage. In addition, push orpull starting may cause the catalyt-ic converter to be overloaded andcreate a fire hazard.


48

EMERGENCY STARTING

F040000AUN

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

F040100AEN

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks. If these instructions are not fol-lowed exactly, serious personalinjury and damage to the vehiclemay occur! If you are not surehow to follow this procedure,seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jumpstarting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thecar.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Dischargedbattery

Jumper Cables

Boosterbattery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

8 5


F040101AEN

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2). Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negative ter-minal of the booster battery (3), thenthe other end to a solid, stationary,metallic point (for example, the enginelifting bracket) away from the battery(4). Do not connect it to or near anypart that moves when the engine iscranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

F040200AUN

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicleshould not be push-started because itmight damage the emission control sys-tem.Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started. Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.


68

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSF050000APA

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or Neutral (manualtransaxle) and set the parking brake. Ifthe air conditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe car or steam is coming out fromthe hood, stop the engine. Do not openthe hood until the coolant has stoppedrunning or the steaming has stopped.If there is no visible loss of enginecoolant and no steam, leave theengine running and check to be surethe engine cooling fan is operating. Ifthe fan is not running, turn the engineoff.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the car. (If the air con-ditioning had been in use, it is normalfor cold water to be draining from itwhen you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorized HYUNDAI dealerfor assistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.WARNING

While the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to be blown out of theopening and cause serious burns.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

8 7


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

F070100APA

Jack and toolsThe Jack,Jack handle,wheel lug nutwrench & towing hook are placed ina casing secured in the wheel rim.

Our spare Tyre along with tools cas-ing is placed in the luggage compart-ment.

(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench(4)Towing hook

F070101AUN

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.It is advisable to place all the tools inthe respective slots of the tool casingin order to avoid any rattling.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on level firm ground.If you cannot find a firm, levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

(Continued)

OPA067001


88

F070200APA

Removing and storing the sparetire Using the wheel spanner as shownin the figure remove the installationbolt from the centre of the Jack cas-ing.Lift the Tyre from the boot and usethe Jack and the tools for replacingthe flat Tyre with the spare Tyre.After you replace the flat tyre, do notforget to install the flat tyre back inplace of the spare tyre using theinstallation bolt. To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

F070300APA

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) with manual transaxleor P (Park) with automatictransaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warningflasher.

OPA067002

(Continued)• Be sure to use the correct

front and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

• The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

R1VQA4022

8 9


4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block either the front or rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

1VQA4023 OPA067004

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.


108

7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1.2 in).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OPA067005 OPA067006

8 11


10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight. The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

11. Lower the car to the ground byturning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise. Then position the wrench as shown

in the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut. Do not standon the wrench handle or use anextension pipe over the wrench han-dle. Go around the wheel tighteningevery other nut until they are all tight.Then double-check each nut fortightness. After changing wheels,have an authorized HYUNDAI dealertighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)

WARNINGWheels and wheel covers mayhave sharp edges. Handle themcarefully to avoid possiblesevere injury. Before putting thewheel into place, be sure thatthere is nothing on the hub orwheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that interferes with thewheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub. If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

OPA067007


128

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of an incorrectlythreaded nut onto the wheelstud will not secure the wheel tothe hub properly and will dam-age the stud thread. If damaged,the wheel stud must bereplaced. Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel. This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tires and wheels” sec-tion 9.

8 13


TOWING

F080100BPA

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercialtow-truck service. Proper lifting and tow-ing procedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

OPA067015

dolly

OPA067016

OPA067017

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.


148

When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies : 1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

F080200APA

Removable towing hook (front) (if equipped)1. Open the tailgate, and remove the tow-

ing hook from the tool bag.2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the frontbumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it is fullysecured.

4. Remove the towing hook and installthe cover after use.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle. OPA067010 OPA067011

8 15


F080300AEN

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer or a commercial towtruck service.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi-

cle out of mud, sand or other condi-tions from which the vehicle cannot bedriven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

OPA067012

OPA067013

Front (if equipped)

Rear

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.


168

• Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

F080301BUN

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle. • Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle is unableto be moved, do not forcibly con-tinue the towing. Contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or acommercial tow truck service forassistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

OPA067014

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transaxle is in neu-tral. Do not tow at speeds greaterthan 40 km/h (25 mph) and formore than 25 km (15 miles). Besure the steering is unlocked byplacing the ignition switch in theACC position. A driver must be inthe towed vehicle to operate thesteering and brakes.

• Before towing, check the level ofthe automatic transaxle fluid. If itis below the "HOT" range on thedipstick, add fluid. If you cannotadd fluid, a towing dolly must beused.

Engine compartment ............................................ 9-2Maintenance services ............................................ 9-4Owner maintenance .............................................. 9-5Scheduled maintenance service ........................... 9-7Explanation of scheduled maintenance items .. 9-14Engine oil ............................................................. 9-17Engine coolant ..................................................... 9-18Brakes/clutch fluid ............................................. 9-20Automatic transaxle fluid .................................. 9-21Washer fluid ........................................................ 9-23Parking brake .................................................... 9-23Air cleaner ........................................................... 9-24Climate Control Air Filter ...................................9-25Wiper blades ....................................................... 9-26Battery ................................................................. 9-29

Tires and wheels ................................................. 9-31Fuses ..................................................................... 9-41Light bulbs .......................................................... 9-49Appearance care ................................................. 9-57Emission control system ..................................... 9-63

9Maintenance

Maintenance

29

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

G010000APA

OPA017004

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Positive battery terminal

7. Negative battery terminal

8. Automatic transaxle fluid dipstick*

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

* : if equipped


9 3

Maintenance

OPA079102

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Positive battery terminal

7. Negative battery terminal

8. Automatic transaxle fluid dipstick*

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

* : if equipped


Maintenance

49

MAINTENANCE SERVICESG020000AEN

You should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized HYUNDAI dealerperform this work.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has fac-tory-trained technicians and genuineHYUNDAI parts to service your vehicleproperly. For expert advice and qualityservice, see an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

G020100AEN

Owner’s responsibility

✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Service Passport.Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not cov-ered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorizedHYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI’shigh service quality standards andreceives technical support fromHYUNDAI in order to provide you with ahigh level of service satisfaction.

G020200APA

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform. As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer with specialtools.

✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Service Passport provided with thevehicle. If you're unsure about any serv-icing or maintenance procedure, have itdone by an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er.

9 5

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE G030000AEN

The following lists are vehicle checksand inspections that should be per-formed by the owner or an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indi-cated to help ensure safe, dependableoperation of your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule G030101AUN

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant reser-

voir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

Maintenance

69

G030102AUN

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehi-

cle (water dripping from the air condi-tioning system during or after use isnormal).

G030103AUN

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

G030104AUN

At least twice a year :• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windshield washer spray and

wiper operation. Clean wiper bladeswith clean cloth dampened with wash-er fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields

and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

9 7

Maintenance

G030105APA

At least once a year:• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks, and

hood hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESERVICE G040000AUN

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule ifthe vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 32°C(90°F).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After the periods or distance shown inthe chart, continue to follow the pre-scribed maintenance intervals.

Maintenance

89

Note : Time interval between any two consecutive services should not exceed more than six monthsI : Inspect , R : Replace , C : Clean , TR : Tyre Rotation. (After Inspection, Adjust, Repair, Clean or Replace if necessary.)

*1 : Adjust alternator ( and water pump drive belt) and air conditioner drive belt ( if equipped). Inspect and if necessary correct or replace*2 : Check engine oil level before starting for a long trip*3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. An authorized Hyundai dealer should

perform the operation*4 : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on

fuel quality. if there are some important safety matters (like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problems, etc.)replace the fuel immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorised HYUNDAI dealer for details.

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

MAINTENANCE INTERVALSKm×1,000

MAINTENANCE ITEM1.5 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Drive belts *1 - I I I I I I I I

Engine oil and engine oil filter *2 I R R R R R R R R

Engine timing belt 1.1L - - - - - - - - R

Tensioner, idler and damper pulley 1.1L Inspect when replacing the drive belt or timing belt

Air cleaner filter - C R C R C R C R

Climate Control air filter C C C C C C C C C

Spark plugsI I I R I I R I I

I I R I R I R I R

Valve Clearance *3 1.1L - - - I - - I - -

Fuel Filler Cap - - I - - - - - I

Vacuum hose 1.1L - I I I I I I I I

Fuel Filter *4 - I I R I I R I I

Without CNG

With CNG

9 9

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - (CONT.)



Fuel lines, hoses & connections I I I I I I I I I

Cooling System I I I I I I I I I

Engine Coolant *5 - I I R I I R I I

Battery Condition I I I I I I I I I

All Electrical System *6 - - I - - I - - I

Brake Lines, Hoses & Connections I I I I I I I I I

Brake Pedal, Clutch Pedal (if equipped) - I I I I I I I I

Parking Brake (Play & Routing) - I I I I I I I I

Brake Fluid - I I R I I R I I

Disk Brakes and Pads I I I I I I I I I

Note : Time interval between any two consecutive services should not exceed more than six monthsI : Inspect , R : Replace , C : Clean , TR : Tyre Rotation(After Inspection, Adjust, Repair, Clean or Replace if necessary.)

*5 : When adding coolant,use only an approved additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled atthe factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.

*6 : Check starter,alternator & chassis electrical items.

Maintenance

109




Drum Brakes & Linings (if equipped) - I I I I I I I I

Suspension Strut (Oil leak & damage) I I I I I I I I I

Shock Absorbers (Oil leak & Damage) I I I I I I I I I

Steering gear rack, linkage & boots - I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft and boots - I I I I I I I I

Wheel Alignment & Balancing (if required) (onChargeable Basis)

- I I I I I I I I

Tyre condition & rotation (if required) - TR TR TR TR TR TR TR TR

Front Suspension Ball Joints - I I I I I I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis & body I I I I I I I I I

Ait conditioner Regrigerant (If equipped) I I I I I I I I I


9 11

Maintenance




Air Conditioner compressor (if equipped) I I I I I I I I I

Manual Transmission fluid I I I R I I R I I

Automatic Transmission Fluid (if equipped) I I I I I I I I I

Clutch Slipping (Dragging or damage) *4 - - I - I - I - I

Instrument Panel Gauges *4 - - I - I - I - I

Unusual Sounds & Body Rattling *4 - - I - I - I - I

Brake Performance *4 - - I - I - I - I

Transmission Gear Shift *4 - - I - I - I - I

Overall vehicle performance *4 - - I - I - I - I

Disk Brakes and Pads *4 - - I - I - I - I


*4 : While Road Test

Maintenance

129

G040600APA

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace R : Replace or change

Engine oil and engine R

A, B, C, D, E,

oil filter F, G, H, I, J

Air cleaner filter R C, E

Spark plugs R B, H

Engine timing belt 1.1L R Every 60,000 km or 48 months D, E, F, G

Manual transaxle fluid R Every 15,000 km C, D, E, G, H, I, J

(if equipped)

Automatic transaxle fluid R Every 40,000 km

A, C, D, E, F,

(if equipped) G, H, I, J

Steering gear rack, I C, D, E, F, G

linkage and boots

Maintenance item Maintenanceoperation

Maintenance intervals Driving condition

Replace more frequently depending on the condition

Every 5,000 Km or 6 months"

Inspect more frequently depending on the condition


9 13

Maintenance

Severe driving conditions

A : Repeated short distance drivingB : Extensive idlingC : Driving in dusty, rough roadsD : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive

materials or in very cold weatherE : Driving in sandy areasF : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hot

weather above 32°C (90°F)

G : Driving in mountainous areasH : Towing a trailerI : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle tow-

ingJ : Driving in very cold weatherK : Driving over 106 mile/h (170 km/h)L : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G

Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I C, D, E, G, H

Drum brakes and linings (if equipped) I C, D, E, G, H

Parking brake I C, D, G, H

Driveshaft and boots I C, D, E, F, G, H, I,J

Climate control air filter (if equipped) R C, E

MAINTENANCE ITEM Maintenanceoperation

Maintenance intervals Driving condition







Maintenance

149

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSG050100APA

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter (including drainplug gasket) should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule. If the car is being driven insevere conditions, more frequent oil andfilter changes are required.

G050200AUN

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

G050500AUN

Timing belt (if equipped)Inspect all parts related to the timing beltfor damage and deformation. Replaceany damaged parts immediately.

G050300AEN

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, dam-age the emission system and cause mul-tiple issues such as hard starting. If anexcessive amount of foreign matteraccumulates in the fuel tank, the filtermay require replacement more frequent-ly.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

G050400AEN

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized HYUNDAI dealer replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately.

9 15

Maintenance

G050600AUN

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

G050700AUN

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

G050800AEN

Air cleaner filterA Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter isrecommended when the filter isreplaced.

G050900AUN

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct electrode gap and heatrange.

G051000AEN

Valve clearance (if equipped)Inspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorized HYUNDAI dealer shouldperform the operation.

G051100AUN

Cooling systemCheck cooling system components, suchas radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G051200AUN

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

G051300AUN

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

G051400AUN

Automatic transaxle fluid(if equipped)The fluid level should be in the "HOT"range of the dipstick, after the engineand transaxle are at normal operatingtemperature. Check the automatictransaxle fluid level with the engine run-ning and the transaxle in neutral, with theparking brake properly applied.

G051500AUN

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

Maintenance

169

G051600AUN

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

G051700AUN

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake pedal and cables.

G051800APA

Rear brake drums and liningsCheck the rear brake drums and liningsfor scoring, burning, leaking fluid, brokenparts, and excessive wear.

G051900AUN

Brake discs, pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear,discs for run out and wear, and calipersfor fluid leakage.

G052000APA

Exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muf-fler and hangers for cracks, deterioration,or damage. Start the engine and listencarefully for any exhaust gas leakage.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

G052100AUN

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

G052200AUN

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G052400APA

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the specified grease.Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealerfor details.

G052500AUN

Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

9 17

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL

G060100AEN

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

WARNING - Radiatorhose

Be very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may be

CAUTIONDo not overfill with engine oil.Engine damage may result.

OPA077051

OPA079002

Gasoline (1.1L)

Gasoline (1.2L)OPA077053

OPA079003

Gasoline (1.1L)

Gasoline (1.2L)

Maintenance

189

ENGINE COOLANTUse a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 9.)

G060200APA

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter (including drainplug gasket) changed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

G070000AUN

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

G070100AEN

Checking the coolant level

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage and could result in seri-ous personal injury from escap-ing hot coolant or steam.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowlyto the first stop. Step back whilethe pressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

WARNINGUsed engine oil may cause irrita-tion or cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for prolongedperiods of time. Used engine oilcontains chemicals that havecaused cancer in laboratory ani-mals. Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water as soonas possible after handling used oil.

9 19

Maintenance

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the side of thecoolant reservoir when the engine iscool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F, but do not overfill. If frequentadditions are required, see an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for a cooling systeminspection.

G070101AUN

Recommended engine coolant• Use only soft (de-mineralized) water in

the coolant mixture.• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

OPA077005OPA077004R

Maintenance

209

G070200AEN

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

G080100APA

Checking the brake/clutch fluidlevel Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake/clutch fluid, clean the areaaround the reservoir cap thoroughly toprevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.

If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid.(Refer to “Recommended lubricants orcapacities” in section 9.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth around the radiatorcap before refilling the coolant inorder to prevent the coolant fromoverflowing into engine parts suchas the alternator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID

OPA077006

WARNING - Loss of brakefluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9 21

Maintenance

G100100APA

Checking the automatic transaxlefluid level The automatic transaxle fluid levelshould be checked regularly.Keep the vehicle on the level ground withthe parking brake applied and check thefluid level according to the following pro-cedure.1.Place the shift lever in N (Neutral) posi-

tion and confirm the engine is runningat normal idle speed.

2.After the transaxle is warmed up suffi-ciently [fluid temperature 70~80°C(158~176°F)], for example by 10 min-utes usual driving, move the shift leverthrough all positions then place theshift lever in N(Neutral) or P(Park)position.

3.Confirm if the fluid level is in the "HOT"range on the level gauge. If the fluidlevel is lower, add the specified fluidfrom the fill hole. If the fluid level ishigher, drain the fluid from the drainhole.

4. If the fluid level is checked in cold con-dition [fluid temperature 20~30°C(68~86°F)], add the fluid to the "COLD"line and then recheck the fluid levelaccording to the above step 2.

WARNING - Brake/clutchfluid

When changing and addingbrake/clutch fluid, handle it careful-ly. Do not let it come in contact withyour eyes. If brake/clutch fluidshould come in contact with youreyes, immediately flush them with alarge quantity of fresh tap water.Have your eyes examined by a doc-tor as soon as possible.

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch fluid tocontact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.Brake/clutch fluid, which has beenexposed to open air for an extendedtime should never be used as itsquality cannot be guaranteed. Itshould be disposed of properly.Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid.A few drops of mineral-based oil,such as engine oil, in yourbrake/clutch system can damagebrake system parts.

OPA077057

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

OSA077009

HOT

COLD

Maintenance

229

✽ NOTICE“COLD” range is for reference only andshould NOT be used to determinetransaxle fluid level.

✽ NOTICENew automatic transaxle fluid should bered. The red dye is added so the assem-bly plant can identify it as automatictransaxle fluid and distinguish it fromengine oil or antifreeze. The red dye,which is not an indicator of fluid quali-ty, is not permanent. As the vehicle isdriven, the automatic transaxle fluidwill begin to look darker. The color mayeventually appear light brown.Therefore, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer change the automatictransaxle fluid according to theScheduled Maintenance at the begin-ning of this section.

Use only the specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to "Recommendedlubricants or capacities" in section 9.)

G100200APA

Changing the automatic transaxlefluidHave automatic transaxle fluid changedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealeraccording to the Maintenance Scheduleat the beginning of this section.

WARNING - Transaxlefluid

The transaxle fluid level should bechecked when the engine is at nor-mal operating temperature. Thismeans that the engine, radiator,radiator hose and exhaust systemetc., are very hot. Exercise greatcare not to burn yourself during

CAUTION• Low fluid level causes transaxle

slippage. Overfilling can causefoaming, loss of fluid and transaxlemalfunction.

• The use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.

WARNING - Parking brakeTo avoid sudden movement of thevehicle, apply parking brake anddepress the brake pedal beforemoving the shift lever.

9 23

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID

G120100AUN

Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that youcan check the level with a quick visualinspection.Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

G140100APA

Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on afairly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 7 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg(44 lbs, 196 N).

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield Washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contactingwindshield washer fluid. Seriousinjury or death could occur.

OPA077007 OPA057005R

PARKING BRAKE

Maintenance

249

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part. Useof non-genuine parts could dam-age the air flow sensor or tur-bocharger (diesel engine only).

AIR CLEANER

G160100AEN

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be cleaned and reused.1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching

clips and open the cover.

2. Replace the air cleaner filter. 3. Lock the cover with the cover attach-

ing clips.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usage condi-tions” in this section.)

OPA077055

OPA079012

Gasoline (1.1L)

Gasoline (1.2L)OPA077054

OPA079011

Gasoline (1.1L)

Gasoline (1.2L)

9 25

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTERG170100APA

Filter inspectionExept EuropeThe climate control air filter should beinspect and cleaned according to theMaintenance Schedule. If the vehicle isoperated in severely air-polluted cities oron dusty rough roads for a long period, itshould be inspected more frequently andcleaned earlier. When you climate con-trol air filter, inspect it performing the fol-lowing procedure, and be careful to avoiddamaging other components.

For EuropeThe climate control air filter should bereplaced according to the MaintenanceSchedule. If the vehicle is operated inseverely air-polluted cities or on dustyrough roads for a long period, it shouldbe inspected more frequently andreplaced earlier. When you replace theclimate control air filter, replace it per-forming the following procedure, and becareful to avoid damaging other compo-nents.

G170200APA

Filter replacement1. With the glove box open, remove the

stoppers on both sides to allow theglove box to hang freely on the hinges.

2. Remove the climate control air filtercover pulling out both sides of thecover.

OPA077014 OPA077015

Maintenance

269

3.• Replace the climate control air filter.(for Europe)

• Inspect and clean the climate controlfilter by water.

4. Reassemble in the reverse order ofdisassembly.

✽ NOTICEWhen replacing (For Europe) orinspecting (Exept Europe) the climatecontrol air filter install it properly.Otherwise, the system may producenoise and the effectiveness of the filtermay be reduced.

G180100AUN

Blade inspection✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

1JBA5122

WIPER BLADES

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

9 27

Maintenance

G180200AUN

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

G180201AUN

Front windshield wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

1LDA5023

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

Maintenance

289

G180202AEN

Rear window wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the

wiper blade assembly.

2.Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into the slot inthe wiper arm until it clicks into place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull it slight-ly.

To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, have an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer replace the wiperblade.

OPA077017 OPA077018

9 29

Maintenance

G190100AUN

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

BATTERY

OPA077019R

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lit cigarettes and allother flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention. If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

(Continued)

Maintenance

309

G190200AUN

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

G190300APA

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Sunroof (See section 6)• Digital clock (See section 6)• Audio (See section 6)

(Continued)• The electrical ignition system

works with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

(Continued)• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce thecharging rate if the battery cellsbegin gassing (boiling) violentlyor if the temperature of the elec-trolyte of any cell exceeds 49°C(120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger inthe following order.

1. Turn off the battery charger mainswitch.

2. Unhook the negative clamp fromthe negative battery terminal.

3. Unhook the positive clamp fromthe positive battery terminal.

(Continued)

9 31

Maintenance

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread,and a greater possibility ofdamage from road hazards.

TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN

Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

G200200AEN

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, topvehicle handling, and minimum tirewear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section11.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the vehicle.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation can leadto severe heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OPA087003R

Maintenance

329

G200300AUN

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

G200301AEN

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure. You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than 1.6 km (onemile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can causeaccidents. If your tread isbadly worn, or if your tireshave been damaged, replace

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6psi). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

9 33

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

G200400AUN

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 10,000 km or sooner if irregu-lar wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check foruneven wear and damage. Abnormalwear is usually caused by incorrecttire pressure, improper wheel align-ment, out-of-balance wheels, severebraking or severe cornering. Look forbumps or bulges in the tread or sideof tire. Replace the tire if you findeither of these conditions. Replacethe tire if fabric or cord is visible.After rotation, be sure to bring thefront and rear tire pressures to spec-ification and check lug nut tightness. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section11.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too lit-tle pressure wear unevenlycausing poor handling, loss ofvehicle control, and suddentire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and evendeath. The recommended coldtire pressure for your vehiclecan be found in this manualand on the tire label located onthe driver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire.HYUNDAI recommends thatyou check the spare everytime you check the pressureof the other tires on your vehi-cle.

Maintenance

349

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

G200500AUN

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tire for tire rotation.• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

CBGQ0706

S2BLA790A

With a full-size spare tire

Without a spare tire

9 35

Maintenance

G200600BEN

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a treadwear indicator will appear as a solidband across the tread. This showsthere is less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch)of tread left on the tire. Replace thetire when this happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance or seri-ous or fatal injuries from anaccident caused by tire failureor loss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control,and traction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Using tires and wheel other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meetHYUNDAI’s specificationsmay fit poorly and result indamage to the vehicle orunusual handling and poorvehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESP (Electronic StabilityProgram) (if equipped) towork irregularly.

Maintenance

369

G200601AUN

Compact spare tire replacement (ifequipped)A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

G200700BUN

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

G200800AUN

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

G200900AUN

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer checkthe wheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

9 37

Maintenance

G201000AUN

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

G201001AUN

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

G201002APA

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)175/60R14 79H

175 - Tire width in millimeters.60 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).14 - Rim diameter in inches.

79 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The fol-lowing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:5JX14

5 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.14 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Maintenance

389

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger car tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

G201003BPA

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside ofthe wheel), displaying the DOTCode. The DOT Code is a series ofnumbers on a tire consisting of num-bers and English letters. The manu-facturing date is designated by thelast four digits (characters) of theDOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1608 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2008.

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires generally be replaced aftersix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

9 39

Maintenance

G201004AEN

4. Tire ply composition and materialThere are a number of layers, orplies, of rubber-coated fabric in thetyre. Tire manufacturers also mustindicate the materials in the tire,which include steel, nylon, polyester,and others. The letter "R" meansradial ply construction; the letter "D"means diagonal or bias ply construc-tion; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.

G201005AUN

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

G201006AUN

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

G2010007BEN

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width. For example: TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

Maintenance

409

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

9 41

Maintenance

FUSES

G210000APA

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, onelocated in the driver’s side panel bolster,the other(s) in the engine compartment.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridgetype, and fusible link for higher amper-age ratings.

1VQA4037

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Fusible link

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

Maintenance

429

G210100APA

Instrument panel fuse replace-ment1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.Spare fuses are provided in the instru-ment panel fuse panel.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigarette lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse panel in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OPA077022R

OPA077021R

OPA077020R

Type A

Type B

9 43

Maintenance

G210101AUN

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with a memoryfuse to prevent battery discharge if yourvehicle is parked without being operatedfor prolonged periods. Use the followingprocedures before parking the vehicle forprolonged periods.1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the memory fuse.

✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

G210200AEN

Engine compartment fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling up.

OPA077023

OPA077024

Maintenance

449

3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

G210201AEN

Main fuseIf the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of

the same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽ NOTICEIf the main fuse is blown, consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse panel cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater contact.

OPA077026

9 45

Maintenance

✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse panel in yourvehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

Instrument panel fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel

OPA077048/OPA077049/OPA077028

G210300AEN-EE

Fuse/relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

Type A

Type B

Maintenance

469

Instrument panel fuse panel

Descrption Symbol Fuse rating Protected component

AUDIO B+ 15A Audio, DCDC Convertor

LOOM LP 10ATACM, ETACM, Door Warning Switch, Data Link Connector, Luggage Lamp, Room LampSwitch, Rear Fog Lamp Switch, Heater Control Module, Digital Clock, Instrument Cluster,Overhead Console Lamp

P/WDW LH 25ARear Power Window Switch LH, Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch

P/WDW RH 25ARear Power Window Switch RH, Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch

TAIL LP LH 10AHead Lamp LH, DRL Control Module, License Lamp,Rear Combination Lamp LH

TAIL LP RH 10A

Head Lamp RH, License Lamp, Rear Combination Lamp RH, Hazard Switch, Rheostat,Instrument Cluster, Intake Switch, Rear Fog Lamp Switch, DRL Control Module, Blower Switch, Heater Control Module, Head Lamp Leveling DeviceSwitch, Audio, Power Window Main Switch, Front Fog Lamp Switch, A/C Switch, DigitalClock, Rear Defogger Switch, ISG Switch, ATM Shift Lever, Passenger Seat WarmerSwitch, Diode1/2, Driver Seat Warmer Switch, Rear Fog Lamp Switch, Buzzer, RearDefogger Relay

D/LOCK&S/ROOF 25A ICM RELAY BOX (Door Lock/Unlock Relay), Sunroof Motor, Driver Lock Actuator, ETACM

HTD GLASS 30A Rear Defogger Relay

WIPER SIG 10A Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch, ECM

ABS 10AStop Lamp Switch, ESP Switch, EPS Control Module,ABS Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

T/SIG LP 10A Hazard Switch

9 47

Maintenance


IGN COIL 15ADCDC Converter, ECM, Vehicle Speed Dendor, Condenser, Ignition Coil #1~#3, Ignition Coil, Pulse Generator 'A'/'B', Transaxle Range Switch

B/UP LP 10ABack-Up Lamp Switch, Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH,Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH/RH

A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster

A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module

CLUSTER 10AInstrument Cluster, Heater Control Module, TACM, ETACM, Seat Belt Lever, ISG Off Switch, Rear Parking Assist Buzzer

MDPS 10A EPS Control Module

AUDIO ACC 10A Digital Clock, Audio, DCDC Converter

RR P/OUTLET 10A Front Power Outlet, Rear Power Outlet

CIGAR LIGHTER 15A Cigarette Lighter

START 10AICM RELAY BOX(Burglar Alram Relay), Start Relay, ECM, Transaxle Range Switch

H/LP 10A Instrument Cluster, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY : R3/R4)

DRL 10A DRL Control Module

IG2 10AHead Lamp LH/RH, Head Lamp Leveling Device Switch, Intake Switch, TACM, ETACM,Heater Control Module, Dual Pressure Switch, Rear Defogger Relay, Diode5, PowerWindow Switch, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY : R6)

Maintenance

489


FRT WIPER 25A Front Wiper Motor, Multifunctin Switch

RR FOG LP 10A Relay Fog Lamp Relay

SEAT HTD 15A Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Switch

RR WIPER 15A Rear Wiper Motor, Sunroof Motor, Multifunctin Switch

STOP LP 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Stop Lamp Relay

HAZARD 10A Hazard Switch, ICM RELAY BOX(Hazard Lamp Relay)

HORN 10A Horn Relay, ICM RELAY BOX(Burglar Alram Relay)

F/FOG LAMP 10A Front Fog Lamp Relay

HTD IND 10ARear Dfogger Switdh, Heater Control Module, ECM, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror

H/LP RH 10ATransaxle Range Switch, Instrument Cluster, ETAVM, PCM, Rear Combination Lamp LH/RH, Back-Up Lamp Switch

9 49

Maintenance

Engine compartment main fuse panel (for 1.1L and 1.2L)

Symbol Fuse rating Protected component

80A EPS Control Module

100A Alternator

50A I/P Fuse & Relay Box (FUSE : F7/F8)

40A I/P Fuse & Relay Box (Power Window Relay)

40A ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

40A ABS Control Module, ESP Control Module

40A RLY.6 (Blower Relay)

50A Ignition Switch

40A Ignition Switch

50AE/R Fuse & Relay Box (FUSE : F18, RLY : 7), I/P Fuse & Relay Box (POWER CONNECTOR : F1/F2, FUSE :F29/F30/F31/F32 )

30A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (FUSE : F15, RLY : R1)

40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY : R8)


10A Heater ControL Module, A/C Switch

10A PCM

Maintenance

509

Symbol Fuse rating Protected component

15AE/R Fuse & Relay Box (RLY : R2/R8) G4HG : Injector #1~#4, Idle Speed Actuator, ECM, PCM, G4LA : ECM,PCM, Oil Control Valve#1/#2, Idle Speed Actuator, Injector #1~#4, Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve

10AG4HG : ECM, PCM, Immobilizer Control Module, Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), Camshaft Position Sensor,Canister Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Crankshaft Position Sensor, G4LA : ECM, PCM, Camshaft PositionSensor #1/#2, Immobilizer Control Module, Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)


10A Head Lamp LH

10A Head Lamp RH

30A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (FUSE : F13/F15/F20)

9 51

Maintenance

LIGHT BULBSG220000AEN

Use only the bulbs of the specifiedwattage.

✽ NOTICEAfter heavy, driving rain or washing,headlight and taillight lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is caused bythe temperature difference between thelamp inside and outside. This is similarto the condensation on your windowsinside your vehicle during the rain anddoesn’t indicate a problem with yourvehicle. If the water leaks into the lampbulb circuitry, have the vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

G220100AUN

Headlight, position light, turn sig-nal light, front fog light bulbreplacement(1) Headlight (High/Low)(2) Position light(3) Front turn signal light

WARNING - Working onthe lights

Prior to working on the light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is turned tothe LOCK position and turn off thelights to avoid sudden movementof the vehicle and burning your fin-gers or receiving an electric shock.

CAUTIONBe sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricwiring system.

CAUTIONIf you don’t have necessary tools,the correct bulbs and the expertise,consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer. In many cases, it is difficultto replace vehicle light bulbsbecause other parts of the vehiclemust be removed before you canget to the bulb. This is especiallytrue if you have to remove the head-light assembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlightassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

OPA071033

G220101APA

Headlight bulb1. Open the hood.2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.3. Using a socket wrench of the correct

size, remove the fasteners.4. Pull out the front bumper.

(Continued)• If a bulb becomes damaged or

cracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

• Wear eye protection when chang-ing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cooldown before handling it.

G270A03O

WARNING - Halogen bulbs• Halogen bulbs contain pressur-

ized gas that can burst if crackedor broken, causing injury fromflying pieces of broken glass.

• Always handle them carefully,and avoid scratches and abra-sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoidcontact with liquids. Never touchthe glass with bare hands.Residual oil may cause the bulbto overheat and burst when lit. Abulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlight.

(Continued)

OPA071062

9 52

Maintenance

5. Disconnect the power connector fromthe back of the headlight assembly.

6. Remove the headlight bulb cover byturning it counterclockwise.

7. Disconnect the headlight bulb socketconnector.

8. Unsnap the headlight bulb retainingwire by depressing the end and push-ing it upward.

9. Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly.

10. Install a new headlight bulb and snapthe headlight bulb retaining wire intoposition by aligning the wire with thegroove on the bulb.

11. Connect the headlight bulb socketconnector.

12. Install the headlight bulb cover byturning it clockwise.

13. Connect the power connector to theback of the headlight assembly.

14. Reinstall the headlight assembly tothe body of the vehicle.

Position light bulb1.Remove the socket from the assem-

blyby pulling it out.2.Remove the bulb by pulling it

straightout.3. Insert a new bulb into the socket.4. Install the socket into the assembly

bypushing it in.Turn signal light bulb1.Remove the socket from the assembly-

by turning the socket counter clock-wise until the tabs on the socket align-with the slots on the assembly.

2.Remove the bulb from the socketbypressing it in and rotating it untilthetabs on the bulb align with the slotsinthe socket.Pull the bulb out of the-socket.

3.Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothesocket and rotating it until it locksintoplace.

4.Install the socket into the assemblybyaligning the tabs on the socket withtheslots in the assembly.Push thesocketinto the assembly and turn thesocketclockwise.

OPA077036 OPA077047

Maintenance

539

G220102APA

Front fog light bulb replacement 1. Reach your hand into the front

bumper.2. Remove the socket from the housing

by turning the socket counter clock-wise until the tabs on the socket alignwith the slots on the housing.

3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straightout.

4. Install a new bulb in the socket.5. Install the socket in the housing by

aligning the tabs on the socket withthe slots in the housing. Insert thesocket into the housing and turn thesocket clockwise.

G220200APA

Side repeater light bulb replace-ment (if equipped) Type A1. Remove the light assembly from the

body of the vehicle by prying the lensand pulling the assembly out.

2. Disconnect the bulb electrical connec-tor.

3. Separate the socket and the lens partby turning the socket counterclock-wise until the tabs on the socket alignwith the slots on the lens part.


5. Insert a new bulb in the socket.6. Reassemble the socket and the lens

part.7. Connect the bulb electrical connector.8. Reinstall the light assembly to the

body of the vehicle.

Type BIf the light bulb does not operate, havethe vehicle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OPA077037OPA077056

TYPE A

OPA071061

TYPE B

9 54

Maintenance

G220300APA

Rear combination light bulbreplacement(1) Stop light(2) Back-up light(3) Rear turn signal light(4) Stop and tail light(5) Rear fog light (if equipped)

1. Open the tailgate.2. Loosen the light assembly retaining

screws with a philips head screwdriv-er.

3. Remove the rear combination lightassembly from the body of the vehicle.

OPA077038 OPA077039

Maintenance

559

G220400AEN

High mounted stop lightreplacementIf the light is not operating, have the vehi-cle checked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

OPA077043

OPA077040

OPA071040

OPA077041

OPA071041

4. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise untilthe tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.

5. Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwiseuntil the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of thesocket.

6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks intoplace.

7. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slotsin the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise.

9 56

Maintenance

G220500APA

License plate light bulb replace-ment1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, remove

the light assembly from the body of thevehicle by prying the lens and pullingthe assembly out.

2. Separate the socket and the lens partby turning the socket counterclock-wise until the tabs on the socket alignwith the slots on the lens part.


4. Insert a new bulb in the socket.5. Reassemble the socket and the lens

part.6. Reinstall the light assembly to the

body of the vehicle.

G220600AUN

Interior light bulb replacement1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens from the interior lighthousing.


3. Install a new bulb in the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap thelens into place.

WARNING Prior to working on the InteriorLights, ensure that the “OFF” but-ton is depressed to avoid burningyour fingers or receiving an electricshock.

CAUTIONUse care not to dirty or damagelens, lens tab, and plastic housings.

OPA077044

OPA077045

OPA077042

OPA077046

Maintenance

579

Exterior careG230101AUN

Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

G230102BUN

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water. If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean. Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately. Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.

After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

APPEARANCE CARE

CAUTIONDo not use strong soap, chemicaldetergents or hot water, and do notwash the vehicle in direct sunlightor when the body of the vehicle iswarm.• Be careful when washing the

side windows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater, water may leak through thewindows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts, do not clean with chemicalsolvents or strong detergents.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

9 58

Maintenance

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

G230103AUN

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

G230104AUN

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound. CAUTION

• Wiping dust or dirt off the bodywith a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-

Maintenance

599

G230105AUN

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter.Pay special attention to these areasbecause it is difficult to see all the mudand dirt. It will do more harm than goodto wet down the road grime withoutremoving it. The lower edges of doors,rocker panels, and frame members havedrain holes that should not be allowed toclog with dirt; trapped water in theseareas can cause rusting.

G230106AUN

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any acid detergent. It maydamage and corrode the aluminumwheels coated with a clear protectivefinish.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

9 60

Maintenance

G230107AUN

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces cars of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when temper-atures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only tothe visible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

Maintenance

619

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion fromforming by observing the following:

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept clear sothat moisture inside can escape. Iftrapped inside, moisture can acceler-ate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be sure thecarpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

9 62

Maintenance

Interior careG230201AUN

Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions that followfor the proper way to clean vinyl.

G230202AUN

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

G230203AUN

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

G230204AUN

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

Maintenance

639

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)G270000AEN

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Service Passportin your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all applicableemission regulations.There are three emission control sys-tems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in this manu-al.

G270100AUN

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system sup-plies fresh filtered air to the crankcasethrough the air intake hose. Inside thecrankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through thePCV valve into the induction system.

G270200AUN

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

G270201AUN

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

G270202AUN

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

9 64

Maintenance

G270300AUN

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

G270301AUN

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

G270302AUN

Engine exhaust gas precautions (car-bon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.

Maintenance

659

G270303BEN

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.If you run out of gasoline, it couldcause the engine to misfire and resultin excessive loading of the catalyticconverter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle, or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as grass, vegetation,paper, leaves, etc.

9 66

Maintenance

Vehicle identification number (VIN) ................ 10-2Vehicle certification label ................................... 10-2Tire specification and pressure label ................ 10-3Engine number .................................................... 10-3Dimensions .......................................................... 10-4Bulb wattage ........................................................ 10-4Tires and wheels ................................................. 10-5Recommended lubricants and capacities ......... 10-6

10Specifications & Consumer information

Specifications & Consumer information

210

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)

H010000AUN

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your carand in all legal matters pertaining to itsownership, etc.

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABELH020000AUN

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver’s (or front passenger’s) sidecenter pillar gives the vehicle identifica-tion number (VIN).

OPA087001

Frame number

OPA087002

10 3


TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

H030000AUN

The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your car.

ENGINE NUMBER

H04000AUN

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

OPA087003R

OPA087005

OPA089004

Gasoline (1.1L)

Gasoline (1.2L)


410

Item mm (in)

Overall length 3585 (141.14)

Overall width 1595 (62.8)

Overall height 1550 (61.0)

Front tread 1400 (55.1)

Rear tread 1385 (54.5)

Wheelbase 2380 (93.7)

DIMENSIONS

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (High/Low) 60/55Front turn signal lights 21Parking lights 5Side repeater lights* Type A 5Side repeater lights* Type B LEDFront fog lights* 27Rear fog light* 21/5Stop and tail lights 21/5Tail light* 21/5Rear turn signal lights 21Back-up lights 16High mounted stop light* 5, 16 or LEDLicense plate lights 5Room lamp 10Luggage lamp 5

BULB WATTAGE

* : If equipped

I010000APA I030000APA

10 5


TIRES AND WHEELSI020000APA

*1 Normal load : Up to 3 persons

Inflation pressure

bar (psi, kPa)

Front Rear Front Rear

155/80R13 4B×132.3 2.3 2.5 2.5

(33, 230) (33, 230) (35, 250) (35, 250)Full size tire

Wheel lug nut torque

kg•m (lb•ft, N•m)

9~11 (65~79, 88~107)

ItemTire

sizeWheel size

Normal load *1 Maximum load

Tires fitted as Original Equipment meet the Indian Standard IS:15633

Wheel alignment

Toe-in Front 0 ± 2 mm

Rear 4 ± 2 mm


610

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES I040000BPA

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-

omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measurein everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 Use the engine oils approved by Hyundai Motor India Ltd. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2 *3

(drain and refill)Gasoline Engine

Without CNG 1.1L 3.0 l

API Service SM*3 ILSAC GF-4 or above

With CNG Hyundai Servo CNG Engine Oil or ShellHelix HX3 AH G

Without CNG 1.2L 3.5 l

API Service SM*3 ILSAC GF-4 or above

With CNG Hyundai Servo CNG Engine Oil or ShellHelix HX3 AH G

Automatic transaxle fluid 6.1 l Diamond ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III

HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF SP-III

Manual transaxle fluid 1.9 l API Service GL-4 SAE 75W/85

CoolantGasolineEngine

1.1L 4.7 l Mixture of antifreeze and water(Ethylene glycol base coolant for

aluminum radiator)1.2L 4.2 l

Brake/clutch fluid 0.7~0.8 l FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 35 l

10 7


I040100BUN

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine starting and engine oilflow). Lower viscosity engine oils canprovide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart. CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE5W-20*1 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country,select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

5W-20*1, 5W-30

IIndex

Index

2I

Air bag - supplemental restraint system ······················ 5-27Air cleaner ··································································· 9-24Appearance care ·························································· 9-57Audio system ······························································· 6-69Automatic transaxle ······················································· 7-9Automatic transaxle fluid ············································ 9-21

Battery ········································································· 9-29Before driving ································································ 7-3Brake system ······························································· 7-14Brakes fluid ································································· 9-20Bulb wattage ································································ 10-4

Child restraint system ·················································· 5-22Climate control system ················································ 6-52

Defroster ······································································ 6-51Dimensions ·································································· 10-4Door locks ····································································· 6-8

Economical operation ·················································· 7-21Emergency starting ························································ 8-4Emission control system ·············································· 9-63Engine compartment ·············································· 4-4, 9-2Engine coolant ····························································· 9-18Engine number ····························································· 10-3Engine oil ····································································· 9-17Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ············· 9-14

Fuel filler lid ································································ 6-17Fuel requirements ·························································· 3-3Fuses ············································································ 9-41

Hazard warning flasher ··············································· 6-43Hood ············································································ 6-15How to use this manual ················································· 3-2

If the engine overheats ·················································· 8-6If the engine does’nt start ·············································· 8-3If you have a flat tire ····················································· 8-7In case of an emergency while driving ························· 8-2Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ················· 3-5

A

B

C

D

E

F

H

I

I 3

Index

Instrument cluster ························································ 6-29Instrument panel overview ············································ 4-3Interior features ··························································· 6-63Interior light ································································· 6-50Interior overview ··························································· 4-2

Key positions ································································· 7-4Keys ··············································································· 6-2

Light bulbs ··································································· 9-49Lighting ······································································· 6-43

Maintenance services ····················································· 9-4Manual transaxle ··························································· 7-6Mirrors ········································································· 6-26

Owner maintenance ······················································· 9-5

Parking brake ······························································ 9-23

Recommended lubricants and capacities ····················· 10-6Remote keyless entry ····················································· 6-4Road warning ································································· 8-2

Scheduled maintenance service ····································· 9-7Seat belts ······································································ 5-13Seats ··············································································· 5-2Special driving conditions ··········································· 7-23Starting the engine ························································· 7-5Steering wheel ····························································· 6-24Storage compartment ··················································· 6-61Sunroof ········································································ 6-20

Tailgate ········································································· 6-11Theft-alarm system ························································ 6-6Tire specification and pressure label ··························· 10-2Tires and wheels ················································· 9-31, 10-5Towing ········································································· 8-13Trailer towing ······························································ 7-29

K

L

M

O

P

R

S

T

Index

4I

Vehicle break-in process ················································ 3-4Vehicle certification label ············································ 10-2Vehicle identification number (VIN) ··························· 10-2Vehicle weight ····························································· 7-36

Washer fluid ································································· 9-23Windows ······································································ 6-12Windshield defrosting and defogging ························· 6-60Winter driving ······························································ 7-27Wiper blades ································································ 9-26Wipers and washers ····················································· 6-49

W

V

Memo

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Memo

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Memo

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Index

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Documents

OWNER'S MANUAL & SERVICE BOOKLET Operation …customercare.hyundai.co.in/Upload/ownersMaual/58d9a9b5_i10.pdf · OWNER'S MANUAL & SERVICE BOOKLET Operation Maintenance Specifications